United States
Environmental Protection
Agency
Environmental Research
Laboratory
Athens GA 30605
EPA-8   '9-039
April 1979
Fate and Biological
Effects  of Cadmium
Introduced into
Channel

-------
                RESEARCH REPORTING SERIES

Research reports of the Office of Research and Development, U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, have been grouped into nine series. These nine broad cate-
gories were established to facilitate further development and application of en-
vironmental technology.  Elimination  of traditional grouping was consciously
planned to foster technology transfer and a maximum interface in related fields.
The nine series are:

      1   Environmental  Health Effects Research
      2   Environmental  Protection Technology
      3.  Ecological Research
      4   Environmental  Monitoring
      5   Socioeconomic Environmental Studies
      6.  Scientific and Technical  Assessment Reports (STAR)
      7   Interagency  Energy-Environment Research and Development
      8.   'Special" Reports
      9   Miscellaneous Reports

This report has been assigned to the ECOLOGICAL RESEARCH series. This series
describes research on  the effects of pollution on humans, plant and animal spe-
cies, and materials. Problems  are assessed for their long- and short-term influ-
ences Investigations include formation, transport, and pathway studies to deter-
mine the fate of pollutants and their effects. This work provides the technical basis
for setting standards to minimize undesirable changes in living organisms in the
aquatic, terrestrial, and atmospheric environments.
This document is available to the public through the National Technical Informa-
tion Service, Springfield, Virginia 22161.

-------
                                                EPA-600/3-79-039
                                                April 1979
       FATE AND BIOLOGICAL EFFECTS OF CADMIUM
         INTRODUCED INTO CHANNEL MICROCOSMS

                         by

John P. Giesy, Jr., Henry J.  Kania,  John W. Bowling,
Robert L. Knight, Susan Mashburn, and Susan Clarkin
          Savannah River Ecology Laboratory
                Institute of Ecology
                University of Georgia
                      Drawer E
            Aiken, South Carolina  29801
                Interagency Agreement
                     IAG-D6-0369-1

                       between

        U. S. Environmental Protection Agency
                         and
             U. S. Department of Energy
                   Project Officer

                   Harvey W. Holm
            Environmental Systems Branch
          Environmental Research Laboratory
               Athens, Georgia  30605
          ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH LABORATORY
         OFFICE OF RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
        U. S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
               ATHENS, GEORGIA  30605

-------
                                 DISCLAIMER
     This report has  been reviewed by the Environmental Research Laboratory,
U.  S.   Environmental   Protection  Agency,  Athens,  Georgia  and approved  for
publication.  Approval does not signify that the contents necessarily reflect
the views and policies of the U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, nor does
mention  of  trade   names  or  commercial  products  constitute  endorsement  or
recommendation for use.
                                     ii

-------
                                  FOREWORD

     Environmental protection efforts are increasingly directed towards
preventing adverse health and ecological effects associated with specific
compounds of natural or human origin.  As part of this Laboratory's research
on the occurrence, movement,  transformation,  impact,  and control of envi-
ronmental contaminants, the Environmental Systems Branch studies complexes
of environmental processes that control the transport, transformation,
degradation, and impact of pollutants or other materials in soil and water
and assesses environmental factors that affect water  quality.

     Environmental concentrations of cadmium,  which is known to be acutely
and chronically toxic to plants and animals,  have increased significantly
since 1945 as a result of its widespread use  in many  industrial processes and
products.  Efforts to limit human exposure must rest  on a good understanding
of the cycling of the metal in fresh water, estuary,  and marine ecosystems
and biota before its significance to water pollution  can be assessed.  Although
many studies have been conducted on the uptake of cadmium by organisms in the
laboratory, few studies have been made in complex environments.  This report
describes the results of a study of the fate  and biological effects of chronic
concentrations of the metal over a number of  trophic  levels during the entire
growing season in a complex,  artificial aquatic ecosystem.
                                   David W.  Duttweiler
                                   Director
                                   Environmental Research Laboratory
                                   Athens, Georgia
                                     iii

-------
                                  ABSTRACT

     Cadmium was  continuously input to  aquatic  microcosm  channels resulting
in commit i -it ions of 5 and 10 |jg Cd/1.   Cadmium accumulation into both biotic
and abiotic  component* was  determined.   Biological effect*  of  cadmium were
determined hy  monitoring  atructuial and functional properties of  the entire
system aw  well a!  structual  changes in population! and compared  to control
         whi«h recHved no cadmium.
     Cadmium inputs  and  output u  equilibrated within approximately 20 daya of
initial  cadmium  inputs.   However,  approximately  20% of  the  cadmium leaving
the channels waa  associated with par I iculatea.  Community component a accumu-
lated  cadmium  proportional  to cadmium exposure  levels,   Idquil ibrium Cd con-
rent rations  of  sediment!,  periphyton, macrophytes,  chlrunomida  and mosquito
Hah rxpoaed to 10 (jg Cd/1 were 0.5'J, 55, 250, 40, and 40 MM Cd/g dry weight.
Cadmium  wan  rapidly eliminated  from ail biotic  components,  with coneentra-
tiona  returning to  levels similar to those  in  control  channel!  within a few
weeks  in thr  aufwiuhs  community  to a  few  months  in  nrncrophytea.   Organic
headpool  sedimenta   showed  no significant  decrease  in  cadmium  content  six
months  aftei  rtiasatlon  of  i admium inputs,  Indicating  that  the  abiotic half
time  for  contaminated  environments is very  long.  Half times for elimination
from  (harinel sediments were 72 and 38 daya  (or "> and 10 (Jg/I inputs, respec-
tively after (M inputs were terminated,

     Cadmium  < <*used  significant  changes  in  both  community itructure  and
function.  Some proto/oan,  crustacean and insect taxa were completely elimi-
nated  from  channels receiving  cadmium.   Other taxa  showed  increased or de-
creased  relative  denultifb.  Both  macrophytc and  periphyton  growth was In-
hihiteii  by  these  levels  of cadmium exposure,   Population  and community re-
covery was  rapid,  with communities with rspld growth and Invasion potentials
indist inguiahalile from control  systems  within weeks  of  the  time  cadmium in-
puts weir stopped.

     Methods of  pei turhdi ion  assessment at  both  the population  and system
IrvH  were  compaied.   Effects can be demonstrated  at both  levels ot organi-
sation,  und  system  level  parameters  were  sensitive  to  cadmium-Induced
changes, however,  measurements of system level parameters were not helpful in
determining mechanisms of the cadmium effect!.

     Microcosms of   the  scale and complexity  atudied  here  are  useful  for
validating and verifying predictive models of the  the  fates  of  contaminants
and testing  assessment utrategles but are not appropriate for toxlclty test-
ing,  or determining mechanisms  and  coef f icients  of uptake,  elimination or
degradat ion.
                                     iv

-------
     Thla report was aubmltted In fulfillment  of Interageney Agreement
No, IAG-D6-0369-1 by Che Savannah River Ecology Laboratory under the
aponaorahip of the U,8,  Environmental  Protection Agency.   Thla report
covera the period May 12,  1975,  to May 31,  1978, and work waa completed
a'a of May 31,  1978,

-------
                                 CONTENTS
Foreword	
Abstract	   iv
Figures	viii
Tables   	xiii
Acknowledgment	   xv
Section
   1. • Introduction	    1
   2.  Conclusions   	    4
   3.  Recommendations	    6
   4.  Facility Description  	    7
   5.  Water Chemistry	   10
   6.  Sediments   	   14
   7.  Aufwuchs    	   17
   8.  Macrophy tes   	   40
   9.  Invertebrates   	   53
  10.  Fish	   99
  11.  Leaf Decomposition	Ill
  12.  System Responses	120
  13.  References	128
  Appendix A   Analytical Techniques 	  145
  Appendix B    Plants and Animals Collected from Channels during
                Cadmium Study  	  148
  Appendix C     Published Information Resulting from Agreement
                 Prior to Publication of this Report	156
                                    vii

-------
                                   FIGURES



Number                                                                   Page

   1   Photograph of stream microcosm facility	    8

   2   Glass slides used for sampling aufwuchs	   19

   3   Mean Cd concentrations in aufwuchs collected from long term
          glass slides incubated in the channels from the beginning
          of Cd exposure	   22

   4   Mean Cd concentrations in aufwuchs collected from short term
          glass slides incubated in the channels for the eight weeks
          prior to sampling	    23

   5   Linear regression of Cd elimination from the aufwuchs community
          colonizing glass slides	    26

   6   Mean aufwuchs biomass accrual on long term glass slides incu-
          bated from the beginning of the experiment with confidence
          intervals indicated	    27

   7   Mean aufwuch biomass accrual on channel walls with two standard
          error confidence intervals indicated 	    28

   8   Mean viable algal cell volume collected from long term glass
          slides incubated from the beginning of the experiment with
          two standard error confidence intervals indicated	    29

   9   Mean viable algal cell volume collected from  channel walls
          with two standard error confidence intervals indicated ...    30

  10   Algal ratio for aufwuchs collected from both long term glass
          slides and channel walls with two standard error confi-
          dence limits reported from long term glass slide samples .  .    32

  11   Pigment ratio for aufwuchs collected from both long term
          glass slides and channel walls with two standard errors
          confidence limits reported for glass wall samples	    33
                                    viii

-------
Number                                                                   Pa8e

  12   Percent of algal community, collected from long term glass
          slides and channel walls comprised of green algae with
          two standard errors confidence limits reported for long
          term glass samples	    34

  13   Diversity values for the algal community colonizing long term
          glass slides and channel walls with two standard errors
          confidence intervals indicated for long term glass
          slide samples	    35

 14   Evenness values for the algal community colonizing long term
         glass slides and channel walls with two standard errors
         confidence intervals indicated for long term glass slide
         samples	    36

  15   Macrophyte standing crop biomass as a function of distance
          from the headpools, as of September, 1977	    43

  16   Macrophyte standing crop biomass as a function of distance
          from the headpools, as of March, 1977	    43

  17   Cadmium concentrations in J. diffusissimus colonizing the
          headpools, expressed on a dry weight bases ........    46

  18   Cadmium concentrations in J. d i ffusi s simus colonizing the
          channels, expressed on a dry weight basis	    47

  19   Cadmium concentrations in J.  diffusissimus transplanted to
          the channels, expressed on a dry weight basis	    48

  20   Cadmium concentrations in C. heterophylla shoots colonizing
          the channels, expressed on a dry weight basis	    49

  21   Cadmium concentrations in C. heterophylla roots colonizing
          channels, expressed on a dry weight basis	    50

  22   Photograph showing Hester-Dendy type invertebrate samplers
          suspended in channels	    55

  23   Photograph showing invertebrate sampler in plexiglass and
          screen sampling box	    56

  24   Photograph showing polyurethane sponge microinvertebrates
          samplers	    60

  25   Mean Cd concentrations in pooled samples of chironomids, ex-
          pressed on a dry weight basis.   	    66

  26   Density of chironomids in plate samplers	    67
                                      ix

-------
Number                                                                   Page

  27   Mean chironomid weights	     68

  28   Mean number of macroinvertebrates per sampler 	     73

  29   Mean number of macroinvertebrate taxa per sampler with two
          standard error confidence intervals indicated	     74

  30   Percent community composition of macroinvertebrate community
          in control channels	     76

  31   Percent community composition of macroinvertebrate community
          in channels receiving 5 pg Cd/1	     77

  32   Percent community composition of macroinvertebrate community
          in channels receiving 10 (Jg Cd/1	     78

  33   Density of Ephemeroptera per sampler	     79

  34   Density of Ceratopogonidae per sampler	     80

  35   Density of Pi. aequiseta per sampler	     31

  36   Density of E. agilis per sampler	     82

  37   Total number of microinvertebrates observed per month in
          polyurethane sponges 	     83

  38   Simpson's diversity index.  A, means calculated across sampler
          by sampling period  with two standard error confidence
          intervals indicated.  B, calculated by summation  	     85

  39   Evenness of Simpson's  diversity index.  A, means calculated
          across sampler by sampling period with two standard
          error confidence intervals indicated.  B, calculated
          by summation	     86

  40   Shannon's diversity index.  A, means calculated across sampler
          by sampling period  with two standard error confidence
          intervals indicated.  B, calculated by summation  	     87

  41   Evenness of Shannon's  diversity index.  A, means calculated
          across sampler by sampling period with two standard error
          confidence intervals indicated.   B, calculated by summa-
          tion  	     88


  42   Macintosh's diversity  index.  A, calculated across sampler
          by sampling period  with two standard error confidence
          intervals indicated.  B, calculated by summation  	      89

-------
Number                                                                  Pa8e

  43   Evenness of Macintosh's diversity index.   A,  calculated across
          sampler by sampling period with two standard errors confi-
          dence intervals indicated.  B, calculated  by summation .  .     90

  44   Probability of interspecific encounter diversity index.  A,
          calculated across sampler by sampling period with two
          standard errors confidence intervals indicated.   B, cal-
          culated by summation	    	     91

  45   Evenness of probability of interspecific encounter diversity
          index.  A, calculated across sampler by sampling period with
          two standard errors confidence intervals indicated.  B, cal-
          culated by summation	     91

  46   Renyi's generalized entropy series (a = 1) calculated across
          sampler by sampling period, with two standard errors.
          Confidence intervals indicated 	     92

  47   Renyi's generalized entropy series (a = 1) calculated by
          summation	     93

  48   Renyi's generalized entropy series (a = z) calcualted across
          sampler by sampling period, with two standard error con-
          fidence intervals indicated	     94

  49   Renyi's generalized entropy series (a = z) calculated by
          summation	     95

  50   Mortality of large C. fluminea as a function  of time	     96

  51   Mortality of small C. fluminea as a function  of time	     97

  52   Cadmium accumulation by mosquitofish (G.  affinis).   n and
          2 SE are indicated	    103

  53   Leaf litter pack, Type I	    112

  54   Leaf litter pack, Type II    	    113

  55   Electron photomicrograph of the effect of Cd  on microbial
          colonization of P_. taeda.  A. Control  	 .....    116

  56   Electron photomicrograph of the effect of Cd  on microbial
          colonization of P_. taeda.  B. 10 ug Cd/1   	    117

  57   Electron photomicrograph of microbial colonization of
          0^. nigra.  A. Control     	    118

  58   Electron photomicrograph of microbial colonization of
          (£. nigra.  B. 5 ug Cd/1	    119


                                     xi

-------
Number                                                                  P:*w

  rj'i   Community metabolism.  Gross primary production and
          respiration with the shaded areas representing net
          production     	     122

  f/0   Aufwuchs accrual on short-term ^l.iss slides with two
          standard error confidence intervals indicated	     121

  61   Algal cell volume accrual on short-term glass slides
          with two standard error confidence intervals
          indicated      	     124

  62   Cadmium concentration in material exported from the
          channel microcosms    	     125
                                     xil

-------
                                   TABLES
Mumber                                                                   Page

   1   Characteristics of microcosm  sediments .......... .  .  .      g

   2   Mean water  quality of treated well water ............      9

   3   Mean values (X ± SE)  for chemical parameters measured at two
          station* in each channel during the period of cadmium
          inputs.  Sample size  is  reported in parentheses. ......     12

   4   Mean cadmium concentrations in unfiltered water samples
          (X ± SD, n  = 10)  .......................     13

   5   Mean organic content  of channel sediments during study period
          (X 1 SE, n  s 16)  ................   .....     15

   6   Mean Cd concentrations  in pool sediments (X ± SE, n = 16) ...     15

   7   Mean concentrations in channel sediments during Cd exposure
          period (X ±  SE, n = 18) ..............  .....     16

   8   Uptake and elimination rates of cadmium by aufwuchs at two
          treatment levels calculated using the Von Bertalantfy
          model,  c ..........................     24

   9   Distribution and number of individual macrophytes in head
          pools as of  January  1976 ................  .  .     42

  10   Cadmium concentrations in macropbytes removed from channels
          not receiving Cd  ......................     45

  11   Mean Cd concentrations in insects, during the period of Cd
          inputs ...........................     62

  12   Mean Cd concentrations in insects during the period after Cd
          inputs were  terminated  ..... ..............     63

  13   Scheffe's S -procedure values for insect Cd concentrations at
          each sampling period  ... .................     65
                                    xlii

-------
Number                                                                   Page

  14   Mean Cd concentrations for P. hymenaea life cycle segments
          by treatment, expressed on a dry weight basis (X ± 2 SE) .  .      70

  15   Mean % Cd in each life cycle segment of estimated numphs by
          treatment (X ± 2 SE)	      71

  16   Effect of Cd on density of taxa in sponge samplers	      84

  17   Mean Cd concentrations in C. fluminea whole tissue expressed on
          a dry weight basis	      98

  18   Linear models of the form p = mx + b of Cd uptake by G.
          af finis	      102

 19   Non linear least squares fit of Cd accumulation by G.
          affinis.  Data fit  to Q = Q  (1 - e   ) using the Gauss-
          Newton iterative technique 	      104

  20   Factorial main effects of Cd levels in food and water on whole
          body concentrations of Cd in mosquitofish with 95% confi-
          dence interval and  F-test (P),n=5 	      105

  21   Mean Cd concentration  in mosquitofish under four treatment
          combinations over time with 95% confidence interval,
          n = 5	      106

  22   Simple effects and interaction term for week 8 which includes a
          significant interaction between food and water with 95%
          confidence interval and F-test (P), n=5	      107

  23   Bluegill and mosquitofish mortality between March and June,
          1976 . . •	      110

  24   Initial leaf material  in leaf litter packs	      114

  25   Effect of Cd on final  biomass_of leaf material in leaf litter
          packs exposed for 28 wk.  (X ± 2 SD)	      115

  26   Cadmium concentration  in leaf litter material exposed for 28
          wk. (X ± 2 SD)	      118

  27   Summary of organic export from the channel microcosms during
          and after cadmium input.  Values are averages of.weekly
                              ,  _     ,      . .     -2.    ,  -1	      Izb
          averages in grams ash-free dry weight m   • day
                                     xiv

-------
                              ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

     We wish to  thank  the  staff of the EPA's  Environmental  Research Labora-
tory, Athens, Georgia,  and  the University of Georgia's Savannah River Ecology
Laboratory for their assistance.   Special recognition is due  Drs.  Harvey Holm
and Ray Lassiter  of  the  EPA for their help  in all  phases of the study.  J.
Cheatham,  S.  Giddings and R. Didgeon provided technical assistance throughout
the study.  Ms.  J. Coleman  prepared ink drawings.

     The channels, which were constructed with funds  provided by the Environ-
mental  Protection Agency  in 1970, have  been operated  by personnel of the
Savannah River  Ecology Laboratory  since  that time  (Kania and  Beyers,  1974;
Kania et al. , 1976).   Operating  funds  have been provided by  the EPA;, the DOE
and  its predecessors have   provided  office space  and  laboratory  facilities,
and a variety of crucial  services.
                                     XV

-------
                                  SECTION I

                                INTRODUCTION

     Cadmium is a  relatively  rare element, not found  in  a  pure state in the
environment  (Hiatt  and  Huff,  1975), making  up  an average of  less  than one-
half  gram  per ton  of the earth's  crust  (Page and  Berggen,  1973;  Fassett,
1974).  While the natural occurrence of Cd in the  environment is quite small,
cadmium  is  used  in many industrial processes  and  products such  as storage
batteries,   pigments,  semiconductors,  plastics,  stabilizer  compunds,  alloys
and plating  solutions and occurs as a contaminant in zinc  ores,  automobile
tire dust,   fossil  fuels  and  agricultural fertilizers  (Friberg  et  al. ,  1971;
Anon., 1975; Hiatt and Huff,  1975).

     Because Cd is  a  trace  contaminant in so many materials and is released
from  so  many diffuse sources,  reduction or elimination of  point  source re-
leases may  not significantly reduce the trend of increased Cd mobilization
with  increased  general  human activity.   The special  difficulty with metals
such as  Cd  is  their persistence.   Unlike organic  contaminants, metals do not
degrade  in  the  environment  and  regardless of their  source,   most  metallic
wastes eventually  end up in  surface  and  subsurface  waters (Buhler,  1971).

     Cadmium  is  a  biologically  nonessential  element  (Anon,  1971;  Fassett,
1974; Rosenthal  and Sperling,  1974) and  is  known to be  acutely and chroni-
cally toxic  to plants and animals (Lagerwerff and Spect,  1970; Flick e_t al.  ,
1971; Burkitt  et  al.,  1971;  Cheremisinoff and Habib,  1971;  Schroeder,  1974;
Hiatt and Huff,  1975;  Chadwick,  1976;  Giesy et aJL. ,  1977).   The human health
aspects  of  acute and chronic Cd  poisoning in humans have been reviewed ex-
tensively  (Anon.,   1971;  Fassett,  1974;  Page  and  Bingham, 1973;  Piscator,
1974; Schroeder,  1974;  Friberg  and Kjellstron, 1975;  Fulkerson,  1975;  Hiatt
and Huff,  1975;  Anon.,  1975;  Perry et  al., 1976).   Beside the often  cited
acute "itai  itai  disease",  cadmium has been implicated as  a possible carci-
nogen and mutagen  and Cd exposure is correlated with cardiovascular disease,
renal disfunction  and hypertension  (Flick et al. , 1971;  Perry et al., 1976).
Cadmium  releases  to the  environment have increased drastically since  1945,
with a concomitant increase  in the reported cases  of  Cd toxicity.

     It  is  difficult  to  set  standards for human exposure because  the  toxic
effects  of  Cd exposure  are  cumulative.   At birth, human beings have essen-
tially no Cd  in  their tissues and  gradually and  continuously  accumulate Cd,
particularly  in  red  blood  cells,  kidney,  liver, bone,  pancreas  and  liver
(Wagner, 1971).   Intake by humans  is approximately 200-300 jjg Cd/day  which
accumulates at a rate of approximately 3 |Jg/day and is  eliminated very slowly
from  the body (Hiatt and Huff,  1975).  There  is  considerable evidence that
organisms,  which have evolved  under conditions of very low Cd exposure, deal
with Cd  by  sequestration, rather  than excretion and  elimination.  In fact,  a

-------
nonspecific metal binding protein, thionein, is present in the organs of many
animals, including humans  (Hiatt and Huff, 1975; Anon, 1975).  It is unknown
whether  protection against  Cd  toxicity  by thionein  is limited  or whether
protection is a function of accumulation rate.   Rapid increases in Cd mobili-
zation  to  the  biosphere,   relative  to  geologic-evolutionary time  may have
severe  effects  on  organisms.   The  joint  FAO/WHO  Expert Committee  on Food
Additives  has  concluded  the  "present  day  levels  of  cadmium in  the  human
kidney should not be allowed to  rise further (Anon,  1975).

     To  achieve  this goal,  a good understanding of the  geologic and biotic
cycling  of Cd  will be  necessary.  More  work is  needed on the  cycling  of
cadmium in fresh water, estuary  and marine ecosystems before the significance
of  water  pollution can  be assessed relative  to  both  ecological  effects and
man's  food  (Fulkerson,  1975).   Fleischer et al.  (1964) state, after a review
of  the literature describing  the levels  of  Cd  in plants  and  animals, that
"Experimental studies of uptake  over the lifetime of experimental animals are
required for a  number  of representative species  and at least one food chain
study  should be  made in each of the three environments:  terrestrial, fresh-
water  and  marine.  Model  ecosystems (Microcosms)  might  be  the  most appro-
priate systems for these studies."  These same authors conclude, after a very
short  review  of  the  literature on  ecological effects of  cadmium that "Our
ignorance  of the  effects of cadmium in natural or polluted systems is almost
total."

     While many  studies  have been conducted on  acute  toxic effects of Cd on
and  uptake by  organisms  and specific physiological  responses in  the labora-
tory,  few  studies have  been conducted  in complex environments.   When con-
ducted in complex systems, studies have generally addressed effects or uptake
independently, focusing on single populations  or  taxonomic groups, under con-
ditions  such  that the source  term is  not known  and have not generally been
conducted over a  sufficiently long period of time to be meaningful.

     Research  conducted  in outdoor artificial  stream  channels  can provide a
vital  link between laboratory studies carried out under  carefully controlled
conditions and  field studies  which can  seldom be adequately  controlled  or
replicated.   Artificial  streams  provide  realistically complex  biological
systems where  replication  is possible, a  number  of treatments  can be inves-
tigated  simultaneously,   certain  critical parameters  can  be readily con-
trolled, and  the  addition  and  removal  of stresses can  be readily effected
resulting  in  little or  no environmental  damage.  Microcosms can  be effec-
tively used to study both environmental transport (Draggan, 1976) and effects
of  toxic materials in  aquatic microcosms  (Taub,  1976).   The microcosms used
in  this  study were complex,  self  perpetuating functioning ecosystems,  func-
tionally analogous to the littoral zone of softwater paludal  systems.

     This  study  was  conducted to examine the  fates and biological effects of
chronic  Cd concentrations  (5  and 10 M8/1) over  a  number of trophic levels,
during  an  entire growing  season in  a  complex  aquatic  ecosystem.   Cadmium
uptake and elimination  and compartmentalization  by the aufwuchs, macrophyte,
macroinvertebrate,  fish  sediment,  and  water   components were measured  and
models of Cd dynamics in these systems proposed.  Rate of Cd  elimination from
the  contaminated  system was also monitored.  Biological effects were measured

-------
at the population, community  and  ecosystem level.   A comparison of the rela-
tive sensitivity of each  of  these organizational  levels  to Cd-induced stress
is presented.   Effects  on macrophytes, aufwuchs, microinvertebrates,  macro-
invertebrates,  and fish populations and  system  level measures of  Cd  induced
effects were made and rate of recovery assessed.   As well  as  basic informa-
tion on chronic Cd effects.

-------
                                 SECTION II

                                 CONCLUSIONS

     1)   When  exposed to 5  or  10  |Jg Cd/1 sediments and  all  biologic compo-
nents monitored  accumulated  cadmium.   Cadmium accumulation was approximately
porportional  to  exposure  concentration.   Equilibrium  Cd  concentrations  of
sediments, periphyton, macrophytes,  chironomids  and mosquito fish exposed to
10  (Jg  Cd/1  were  0.59, 55, 250,  40 and 40 (Jg  Cd/g  dry  weight,  respectively.

     2)   Cadmium  concentrations  in  biotic  components  reached  equilibrium
within  20 days.   Cadmium  accumulation in the aufwuchs  andjJLish components
could be  described by a model  of the form  C = C  (1  - e   ).   Biological
elimination was rapid, with cadmium concentrations in the aufwuchs and macro-
invertebrate communities  indistinguishable  from  background within 30 days of
cessation of  cadmium  exposure.   Cadmium elimination from sediments  was much
slower.   Six months after Cd inputs were terminated there was no significant
decrease  in Cd concentrations  in organic headpool sediments.  Half times for
elimination from sand  substrata  and detritus  in  the channels were 72 and 38
days for  the 5 and 10 (Jg Cd/1 treatments respectively.

     3)   Cadmium caused  effects  at both  the  population and  system levels.
Standing  crops  of  both  aufwuchs and  macrophytes were  depressed  during the
time of cadmium  exposure.   A number of invertebrate taxa were eliminated due
to  cadmium  inputs,  while others were  released from competitive  or predatory
influence and did  well  in systems  receiving  cadmium.   Both 5 and 10 |Jg Cd/1
treatments were chronically toxic to crayfish  and snails.

     4)   Invertebrate  and algal population  structure  returned to background
levels  within  a  few  weeks  of  cadmium cessation, while  fish and macrophyte
populations did not recover as rapidly.  This  is  due to the more rapid growth
and colonization rates of algae and invertebrates.

     5)   Systems  level   structure and  function were  affected  by  cadmium.
Algal and macroinvertebrate species diversity, leaf litter decomposition, net
and  gross production, community  respiration,  and  P:R  ratios were depressed
due to cadmium exposure.

     6)   Microcosms of the  scale and  complexity  studied  here are not appro-
priate  for  toxicity  testing or determining mechanisms  and  coefficients of
uptake, elimination or degradation.

     7)   Microcosms of the  scale and complexity  studied  here are appropriate
for verification and  validation of predictive models of  local fates of trace
contaminants but not of worldwide transport models.

-------
     8)   Comparison  of  both  population  and system  levels  of  perturbation
assessment were  composed.  Effects  can  be demonstrated  at.  both  levels  of
organization  and  system level parameters  were  sensitive  to  cadmium induced
changes, however, measurements of  system  level  parameters were not useful  in
determining mechanisms of cadmium induced  effects.

-------
                                  SECTION III

                                BKCOMMKNDATIONH

     I)   Result*  of  recent studies of cadmium toxlclty to mlcrocrustaceans
(Gelsey  et al,,   1977)  should be considered when water quality criteria are
revised.

     2)   Kxposure of aquatic sediments to even low concentrations of cadmium
     iH  In elevated cadmium concentration in this component which le persls-
     and should he avoided.

     U   Assessment of radmlum induced perturbations should not be monitored
solely by either  strurtural or  functional attributes of systems or popula-
tions.

     4)   Mlrror-osms  of  the  type  studied here  are not appropriate for 1)
determining uptake mechanisms or roeff'Irlents,  2) acute or chronic toxicity
ifcsilnK, 3) screening possibly hazardous rheml
-------
                                 SECTION IV

                            FACILITY DESCRIPTION

     The microcosm facility  used  in thin study is  located  on the Department
of Energy's  (DOE)  Savannah  fliver  Plant (SRP),  a 507  km   reserve,  Including
portions of Aiken, Barnwell  and Allendale Counties in South Carolina, U.S.A.

     The facility  conalsts of  six  concrete  block  channel*  (Fig.  1) 91,'' m
long, 0,6J m  wide  and Q.'tl m deep  with concrete  pools (1.5 m x 3.0 m x 0.92
m) at both enda  of each channel supported  by a concrete  slab oriented on an
east-west foundation,  For this study, the pools and channels were lined wJth
a 0.05 cm thick black, polyvlnyl chloride (PVC)  film.

     Washed quart/ sand waa distribute in the channela to a uniform depth of
0,05m,  and  a  8-10 cm  layer  of natural stream  bed  sediment obtained locally
was  distributed  In  the  pools.   This  resulted  in u  system similar to local
aquatic  systems  which  have both  land  and  silt  bank substrata  (Table   1),

     Water for the channels  was pumped from a well located near the facility
and  a hydrated  lime  slurry was continuously  pumped into  the main water dis-
tribution  system throughout  the period  of  the  study to  produce  inorganic
water quality similar to that of local upper coastal plain surfaie waters.  A
single  batch  of lime  was  used  throughout  the  study  and an  ana I yb is of   the
treatment water is given in Table 2,

     Flows were  monitored  by V-notch  weirs  on  each head pool  where water
entered  the channel.   A flow rate  oi  95  i/min  was maintained manually by an
input valve located at em h head pool,  resulting in a wair-r depth of 20 on in
the.channels.  The mean water retention time and current were 2 hr and 1. J x
10*  m/8, respectively,

     At  the time  water flow was commenced, the systems were seeded with ma-
terial  saved  from the  control channela  of 4  previous *tudy (Kania /-i al,,
1976) to rapidly establish biological communities known to be well adapted to
channel  conditions,    The  ma
-------
Figure 1.  Stream microcosm facility.
              TABLE  1.  CHARACTERISTICS OF MICROCOSM SEDIMENTS
Clay




Organic Matter




CEC
                      Head Pools
                                        Location
                    Tail Pools
     3.6




    28.4




67.0 meq/lOOg
   12.8




   34. 3




75.6 meq/lOOg
                       Channels
Sand
Silt
37.2%
30.7
36 . 5%
16.7
99 . 8%
<0.1
0.02 meq/lOOg

-------
               TABLE 2.   MEAN WATER QUALITY OF TREATED WELL WATER

Total alkalinity
Hardness
PH
Specific conductance
Ionic strength (I)
Total dissolved solids
so,-2
4
Total P
Nitrogen (N02 + NO )
Ca
Cu
Co
Cd
Cr
Fe
K
Mg
Mn
Na
9.14 mg/£ as CaC03
11.08 mg/£ as CaCo3
6.5
31 |J mho/ cm
2.5 x 10 - 4
20.5 mg/£
1.9 mg/Z
2.9 (Jg/£
15.8 |Jg/£
03.17 mg/£
3.4 |jg/£
2.5 |Jg/£
0.023 jJg/£
0.3 pg/£
1.7 |Jg/£
1 . 1 pg/£
246 pg/iu
7.0 |Jg/£
1.8 mg/£

Instruments Model 375A).  Cadmium  input  solutions for each channel were made
every two days with  concentrations adjusted to compensate for pump variation
over time.   The Cd levels established were 5 pg/1 in two channels and 10 pg/1
in another two.  Since the six channels are structured in three pairs (Figure
1), the dosing arrangement was chosen so  that there was both a northern and a
southern exposed  channel for  each treatment.   Cadmium inputs  were discon-
tinued on 18 March 1977, one full year after they were begun.

-------
                                  SECTION V

                                WATER CHEMISTRY

INTRODUCTION

     The physical  and  chemical state of trace metals is dependent upon water
quality  and  must  be  considered when availability and  toxicity  of  metals to
aquatic organisms are assessed  (McKee and Wolf, 1963; Hartung, 1973; Brown et
al. ,  1974;  Clubb  et  a_l. ,  1975).   Metal  toxicity  to aquatic  organisms is
hardness  dependent  (Sprague,   1969).   For  example,  water  hardness has  an
antagonistic effect on Cd toxicity to zooplankton due to Ca and Mg (McKee and
Wolfe,  1963).   Similarly,  Pickering and Henderson  (1966)  found  increases in
Cd 96  h LC   values with  increasing water hardness for all  fish tested and
Kinkade  andtrdman (1975)  reported that organisms  accumulate  Cd faster from
soft  than hard  water.   The free  divalent metal  ion  is generally  the most
toxic  form  (Stiff,  1971;  Brown et al. ,  1974; Pagenkopf et  al. , 1974).  The
soft  acidic  waters  of  the southeastern  United  States  have low  inorganic
ligand concentrations.  Thus,  inorganic solubility product chemistry predicts
that Cd  introduced into these waters would exist raainly.as free-divalent ca-
tigns  (Cd  ) or as hydrated ions  (CdOH  ,  B   = 1.5 x 10 ;  CdO ~  , B, = 5.8 x
10 ) Weber and  Posselt, 1974).  All reactions are rapid resulting in replen-
ishment  as  a particular  ionic form is depleted.   Giesy et  al.  (1977)  found
very low LC    values for zooplankton exposed to Cd in the well water studied
here.

METHODS

     Water  samples  were  collected  monthly  from  each channel  at  a  single
station,  located 60 m  downstream of the  input weirs.   Temperature was mea-
sured  with  a YSI  model 44  TD Telethermometer,  conductivity  with  a Beckman
Model  RC19  Conductivity Bridge,  and pH  with a Orion  Model  401  Specific Ion
Meter  with  a glass  electrode.  Alkalinity and hardness were measured using
standard EPA (1976) or APHA (1976) techniques.

     Total phosphorus,  nitrite and nitrate nitrogen, sulphate ion, inorganic
and  organic  carbon  analyses  were performed  periodically on water samples
collected  from  the  inputs  and upstream  and downstream  locations  in each
channel.  Downstream stations were sampled two hours after upstream and down-
stream locations  so  that the  same water mass  was  examined and  changes could
be related to the biological activities in the channels.

     Both organic  and  inorganic  carbon  analyses  were  made using  a Beckman
Model  915 total  organic  carbon  analyzer.   Other chemical  parameters were
measured using  accepted EEA methods (1976) with the addition of a 5X concen-
tration step prior to PO.   and Cl  analyses.

                                      10

-------
     Samples for Cd  analyses  were  taken from inputs  to  the head pools, out-
flows of the headpools,  outflows  to the channels, and outflows from the tail
pools, on a monthly  basis.   A more frequent  sampling schedule was initiated
at the time the  Cd inputs were terminated.   Water  samples  were taken in 160
ml glass milk  dilution  bottles,  which were used  only for  water sampling and
always for the same  station.   After each sample  was  mixed  well, 10 mis were
transferred volumetrically to  an  acid rinsed polyethylene  bottle  and acidi-
fied  with  200 |Jl  of  redistilled   cone.  MHO .   A  portion  of  the  remaining
sample was  filtered, and 10 mis of the filtrate transferred  to  acid rinsed
bottles and acidified.   Details of the analytical procedures are  given  in
Appendix I.

     An attempt  was  made to  separate particulate  and dissolved Cd  by both
membrane and fiberglass  filtration.   Results  of analyses on filtered samples
were in general the same or  higher  than unfiltered samples.   A low level con-
tamination problem causing higher  levels  on filtered  samples  was  never com-
pletely resolved.

     Samples of  the  PVC  plastic  used  to line the  channels  were suspended at
both ends of each channel to  see if this material either adsorbed or released
into the water.  Subsamples  of these  suspended sheets were periodically re-
moved, washed  free of periphyton,  dissolved in hot concentrated  H_SO, ,  oxi-
dized with concentrated  HNO,.  and  hydrogen peroxide and  analyzed  using  stan-
dard flame AA  techniques.  There  was  no measurable uptake  or loss of Cd from
the PVC film.

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

     Additions  of  hydrated  lime satisfied  the  CO  demand  of  the  well  water
and  resulted  in  water similar to  surface  waters of  the upper coastal  plain
(Table 2).   The ionic strength of treated well water was 2.5 x 10   resulting
in an  activity coefficient  for  Cd of  0.97,  using the  extended Deby-Huckle
equation.    Chloride  ion  concentrations remained  constant  at all  stations
(Table 3).   Sulphate levels  increased between  the upstream  and  downstream
stations.   Total organic carbon levels  were below detection limits at all
times at  all  stations.    Total  inorganic carbon  levels  decreased  along the
length of  the channels  with  no  differences  due  to Cd.    Total  phosphorus
concentrations  were low  but  constant at all positions, and  there was a marked
reduction in NO-NO  nitrogen  level in both the head  pools  and the channels.
There were  no  effects  on nitrogen concentrations due to Cd.   However,  con-
sidering only data  from  the  months  of June and July, 1976,  the average nitro-
gen  uptake  in  the control  channels was 9.6  ±  0.3 JJg/1 compared to  4.3 ± I
|Jg/l in the 5  p/1 treatment  and 5.0 ± 1 pg/1 in the 10 p/1  treatment.

     The observed Cd  concentrations were not significantly  different from the
desired  concentrations   and  there   were  no  significant  differences  between
sampling stations  within each treatment  system (Table 4).   After  Cd inputs
were terminated,  Cd  concentrations in water quickly  dropped  and  within four
days were in the range  of the control  channels  (0.02   0.06 |Jg Cd/1) at all
stations.   Cadmium is used as  a pla'stisizer  in  PVC plastic so this material
has significant concentrations of Cd in it.   However,  there was no measurable
addition or removal of Cd due to the PVC film liner.


                                      11

-------
TABLE 3.  MEAN VALUES (X ± SE) FOR CHEMICAL PARAMETERS MEASURED AT TWO STATIONS IN EACH CHANNEL DURING THE
          PERIOD OF CADMIUM INPUTS.  SAMPLE SIZE IS REPORTED IN PARENTHESES

Control 5 \Jtg/S, 10 |Jg/£
Up Down Up Down Up Down
N
Cl~
(6)
SOj
N)
TOC
(12)
TIC
(12)
Total P
(16)
mg/£
mg/£
mg/A
mg/£
M8/*
2.910.1 2.910.1 2.910.1 2 . 9 *± 0 . 1 2.910.1 2.910.1
1.87 1 0.08 2.10 1 0.06 1.81 1 0.05 2.13 1 0.05 1.79 ± 0.07 2.19 1 0.06
<0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5
7.1 1 0.1 4.5 1 0.2 6.6 1 0.2 4.4 1 0.2 6.8 1 0.2 4.5 ± 0.2
3.5 1 0.3 3.5 1 0.3 3.1 1 0.2 4.1 1 0.5 3.3 1 0.2 3.5 1 0.3
N02-N0 N       pg/£     10.4 ± 0.5     3.6 ± 1.0     8.910.7     5.210.6     9. 310. 6     4. 710. 6
(10)

-------
          TABLE 4.  MEAN CADMIUM CONCENTRATIONS IN UNFILTERED WATER
                    SAMPLES (X ± SD, n = 10)
                                       NOMINAL TREATMENT

Sampling station    	5 |Jg Cd/1	    	10 |Jg Cd/1	

Input               4.75 ± 2.07   5.00 ± 1.91    9.36 ± 4.22   10.15 ± 5.72

Head pool weir      4.30 ± 1.92   4.17 ± 1.85    9.45 ± 4.27    9.63 ± 5.21

Channel outflow     4.12 ± 1.71   3.94 ± 2.20    8.76 ± 3.82    9.61 ± 4.01

Tail pool outflow   4.27 ± 1.82   3.99 ± 2.26    8.30 ± 3.91   10.06 ± 4.15
                                     13

-------
                                 SECTION VI

                                  SEDIMENTS

INTRODUCTION

     In aquatic  systems,  the sediments can act as both a sink for pollutants
and  as  a source  for  the  release of these pollutants  under appropriate con-
ditions.   The behavior  of  cadmium  in sediments  and at  the  sediment-water
interface must be known if the cycling of the element in the aquatic environ-
ment is to be understood.   The purpose of the sediment work in this study was
to  compare the  uptake and  release  of cadmium  from two  different sediment
types receiving,chronic known exposures to dissolved cadmium.

METHODS
                            t
     Sediment  samples  were  taken  monthly from upstream  and downstream sta-
tions  in  each channel  and also  from  both head and  tail  pools.   Cores were
used for  Cd  determinations and also,  in  the  case  of sediment from the chan-
nels,  to  derive   an  estimate of organic  content.   Analytical  procedures are
presented in Appendix I.  Several different sample collection techniques were
used.  The consistency  of the highly  organic  silty  streams sediments placed
in  the  pools was  such  that  cores  could  not be taken and  sampling was done
with a  large  syringe-like device which caused mixing of the sediments with a
small  amount of  water when the  plunger was  withdrawn.   Several  sizes  of
coring  tubes  were used  for the sandy sediments of  the  channels, initially,
frozen  cores  were  taken  so  that stratification  of  the cadmium  within the
sediment  could  be determined.   This procedure was abandoned  when it became
evident  that, unlike  mercury   (Kania  et  al. ,   1976),  Cd was  distributed
through-out  the   sediment  although  more  highly  concentrated  in  the highly
organic upper layer.

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

     The first sediment samples were taken at the end of April 1976, approxi-
mately 40 days after Cd inputs to the channels were initiated.   At that time,
the  organic  content  of  the channel sediments had already reached equilibrium
values which  were unrelated to treatment or position, and  remained unchanged
throughout the remainder of the study  (Table 5).

     Sediment Cd concentrations were at equilibrium and no  further increase
in levels with time were observed at any station.   This is  consistent with
the  findings of Huckabee and Blaylock  (1974) who found, working with spiked
microcosums,  maximum sediment Cd activity was reached after only two days.
Bunzl (1975)  found that humic acids sorbed Cd with a half time
                                      14

-------
         TABLE 5.  MEAN ORGANIC CONTENT OF CHANNEL SEDIMENTS DURING
                   STUDY PERIOD (x ± SD, n = 26)
               TREATMENT                          % ORGANIC


               control                            0.50 ± 0.36

               5 |Jg Cd/£                          0.43 ± 0.10

              10 Mg Cd/£                          0.41 ± 0.11
of approximately 30  seconds,  indicating that this'step would not be limiting
in uptake of Cd by our highly organic pool sediments.   There were no signifi-
cant differences  between upstream  and  downstream stations  in  the channels,
however, the levels  in  the tailpools were generally higher than those in the
head pools  (Table  6).   Cadmium concentrations in channel sediments (Table 7)
are only for the  time period during cadmium  input,  since Cd levels in these
sand sediments  decreased  after the  inputs were  terminated with  mean  half
times of 72 and 38 days in  the 5  Mg/£ an(* 1° H8/£  treatments  respectively.
No significant  decrease  in sediment Cd concentrations of pool sediments were
observed after  Cd inputs  were terminated  so  measured Cd  concentrations  of
these sediments include  samples taken during the 9 months following Cd input
termination.

     Naturally  occurring Cd  was measured in both sand  and organic sediments
(Tables 6  and  7).  The  highly  organic  (25-30% by weight  as  C)  silty stream
sediments had much higher Cd concentrations than the sand.  The organic sedi-


             TABLE 6.  MEAN CD CONCENTRATIONS IN POOL SEDIMENTS
                       (X ± SE, n = 16)
            TREATMENT                    Cd CONCENTRATION
                                        |jg Cd/g dry weight
                                       Head          Tail
control
5|Jg Cd/£
10 (jg Cd/S.
1.27 ± 0.10
8.33 ± 0.96
10.6 ± 1.6
1.50 ± 0.10
21.4 ± 1.8
22.3 ± 2.7
                                      15

-------
            TABLE 7.   MEAN CD CONCENTRATIONS IN CHANNEL SEDIMENTS
                      DURING CD EXPOSURE PERIOD (X ± SE, n = 18)
               TREATMENT                   CD CONCENTRATION
                                         ((jg Cd/g dry weight)
                control                      0.014 ± 0.003

                5 (Jg Cd/£                    0.209 ± 0.019

                10 [jg Cd/S.                   0.591 ± 0.061
merits also  accumulated  much higher Cd concentrations when exposed to Cd.  Cd
uptake by  sand was  linearly  proportional to Cd exposure, while  that of or-
ganic silt sediments was not.  Tail pool sediments acquired greater concentra-
tions than did that in head pools.

     Cadmium  concentrations in  control  channels are in  the  range of values
reported by other investigators  for background levels (Table 7).  Fleisher et
al.   (1974)  reported  on  average value  for 26  samples  of  unspecified lake
sediments of  11 pg/g.  Forstner  (197 ) gives background sediment values for 5
lakes  ranging from  not  detectable  to  2.5 M8/8-    Shepard  (1976) discusses
background levels of 0.3 -  6.2 pg/g.

     The sediment cadmium concentrations resulting from the one year exposure
to 5 and 10 (Jg/g water concentrations  (Tables 6  and  7) were very low compared
to  values  reported  for contaminated  field sites.   Shephard  (1976)  found
levels as high as 1300 (Jg/8 in a lake  contaminated by an  electroplating plant
and  Kneip  et.  al. (1974)  reported  levels of 3000 -  50,000 |Jg/g in an indus-
trially  contaminated sediment.  The  sediment Cd  concentrations  observed in
our  study  were  similar  to  those in the Derwent River,  England (Harding and
Whitton, 1978).

     The low  values  observed in our work  may  be due to  the low pH (Table 2)
of the water.  Murray and  Mernke  (1974)  found  virtually no Cd adsorption on
suspended sediments  at  a pH of  less  than 6.6.   The higher concentrations of
Cd  in the  highly  organic  pool  sediments  is  consistent with the  finds of
Riffaldi  and  Levi-Minzi  (1975)  who found  that  Cd  adsorption  maxima  and co-
efficients  were well  correlated with  cation  exchange  capacity  and  organic
matter content.   There  is  no immediately  apparent  reason why the tail pool
sediments  acquired  higher  Cd  concentrations  than  the  head  pools although
Korte  et al.   (1976)  state  that  the  percentageof clay  in a  sediment is the
most  useful  predictor  of  whether or  not  a  soil  will  retain a particular
element.  The tail  pool sediments had  a  significantly greater clay content
than the head pools  (Table  1).
                                      16

-------
                                 SECTION VII

                                  AUFWUCHS

INTRODUCTION

     As used in  this  report,  the terra "aufwuchs" refers  to  the complex epi-
lithic,  episalmic and  epipelic  assemblage  of  autotrophs  and  heterotrophs
which developed  on aquatic  substrata.   The German term aufwuchs was proposed
by Ruttner (1953) to  conote the community of both plants and  animals attached
to  but not  penetrating aquatic  substrata.   The term  has  been used  inter-
changeably with the English term "periphyton" (Hynes,  1970);  however, strict-
ly  speaking  periphyton  is  only  the  autotrophic or  plant  component of  the
aufwuchs.  We have separated  the discussion of density and  diversity  of the
micro  and  macro invertebrates  from  the general  discussion  of  the  aufwuchs
community.  These  organisms,  however,  are included in  estimates of standing
biomass  and  metabolism.   Qualitatively,   the  aufwuchs  community  includes
algae, fungi,  bacteria, protozoans,  and  small invertebrates and may  form a
mat up to  a  few centimeters in thickness depending on substratum orientation
and current velocity.   In  flowing water systems, phytoplankton are virtually
absent and the algae  of the aufwuchs  as well as macrophytic  plants  constitute
the basis of the autocthonous food web.  In well-lighted streams this iri situ
carbon production can  be  substantial and  therefore  the  effect  of  Cd  on
aufwuchs   dynamics  is  of considerable  importance.  The  effect  of  Cd  on the
heterophic, non-algal  components of the aufwuchs community are also of impor-
tance, since  these organisms provide  the  mechanism for rapid cycling  of
nutrients  and  therefore sustained productivity in  a  lotic environment.   The
aufwuchs  communities  of aquatic  ecosystems have been used as sensitive indi-
cators of  both  chemical and  physical stressors  (Rodgers and  Harvey,  1976)
since  it is sessile  and taxonomically  diverse  and  involved  in all of  the
functional processes  of ecosystems.   For these reasons,  the  aufwuchs  commu-
nity  is   a biological  integrator of  ecosystem  information (Weber,  1973).
Wetzel (1975)  states  that  the trophic structure  above  the producer - decom-
poser  level, with all of its  complexities,  population  fluctuations, metabo-
lism  and behavior, has  relatively minor  input  on the  carbon  flux of  eco-
systems.    The  aufwuchs  community is  also  the  component with  the  greatest
capacity to sorb potential  toxicants.

     In  this  study,   three questions  concerning the  interaction  of  low  Cd
levels with aufwuchs  were  addressed:   1) What are  the  kinetics of Cd uptake
and elimination  and how are steady state  concentrations  in  the aufwuchs re-
lated to  water  Cd concentrations?  2) What effect does Cd have on the struc-
ture of  the  aufwuchs  community as measured  by  standing crop, species compo-
sition,  pigment ratios, and  chorophyll  to biomass  ratios?   3) How  do  any
changes  in the  structure of the aufwuchs community affect system level func-
                                      17

-------
tioning through  primary productivity, metabolism, and export?   In  the scope
of the above questions we are also asking if an aquatic system can adapt to a
continuous  toxin input and  be  dependent on  it as  an organizing influence.

METHODS

Community Structure

     Two hundred 50  by 75 mm washed glass slides were placed in each channel
on  1  November,  1975.   These slides  (referred  to  as  long-term  glass slides)
were placed vertically on five notched racks holding twenty slides (Figure 2)
placed 9  and  85  m from the  head  pools.   These two groups are referred to as
head samples and tail samples.  Slides were held approximately 5 cm above the
stream bottoms with  their  long axis  parallel  to stream  walls.   At monthly
intervals four slides were randomly chosen from  both  the  head  and tail sta-
tions  of  each channel  and placed  in washed beakers.   Both  surfaces  of the
slides  (area  =  7500  mm ) were carefully scraped and washed with  a minimum
volume  of water  (20  to  200  ml depending  on  aufwuchs  density)  and various
determinations made as described below.

     Beginning  on  15  December  1975  and  continuing at  8 week  intervals,
smaller sets  of  slides (6 to 9 at each position) were placed in the channels
and allowed  to colonize 30 days.  Four slides were collected from each loca-
tion  and  aufwuchs removed.   These samples  (referred  to as short-term glass
slides) were handled  in the same manner as the  long-term slides.

     After  scraping  the  slides  a direct count of number  of chironomids was
made  using  a  binocular  dissecting scope at  low power  (30X).   Densities of
other  invertebrates  (copepods,  caldocerans, ostracods,  etc.) and large algae
(Eremosphaeria and desmids) were qualitatively noted.

     By November 1976, it  was  clear  that  glass  slides  were underestimating
aufwuchs  production  on  some substrata  in  the  channels such as  the  walls,
where  the mat  was several centimeters  thick.  This underestimation was due to
some  sloughing of aufwuchs as the slides were  lifted from the water and also
due to less accumulation on the slides because of their location in the cen-
tral part of the streams where current was maximum.  Because of these limita-
tions  samples  were scraped  directly  from the  stream  walls  and processed in
the same  manner as glass  slide samples.   Two  samples (area =  587  mm ) were
collected from each  wall in the  head and tail portions of each channel on 8
November  1976,  12  January  1977,  30  March 1977, and 28 June  1977.   These
samples were  then processed for algal cell densities by taxa, biomass, chlo-
rophyll and Cd concentrations as described below.
                                                            2
     On two occasions, six  bottom samples  (area   426 mm )  were collected
from  each channel to determine algal  cell densities, biomass, chlorophyll,
and Cd concentration.   These samples  were  collected  by  inserting a piece of
plexiglass  tubing vertically into the sediment to the PVC liner.  The entire
core was  placed  in  a clean  flask  and processed in a manner similar to glass
slide  or wall  samples.
                                      18

-------
     Of the diverse  flora  and Kiuri.t  in .mfwu-      nples,  only  the algal  com-
ponent  was  identified  and ennmet/i!      I dt -nt i ) i i .11 i «.n to  species was  made
when  possihle  using  standard  taxonomic  references,   hut  in  several  cases
common algae  were  not  class i f i .ihl c to specirs due  to  lack of  fruiting stages
or  confusing   taxonomic literature.   Complflc  descriptions   of  all  common
species were  made  and  there was little  difficulty  in  distinguishing  between
them in routine counts.
           Figure 2.   Glass slides used for sampling aufwu

-------
     Scraped  samples  were blended  for 30  seconds  at low  speed  in a Waring
blender to break  up clumps and provide a more homogenous suspension for sub-
sampling.   Subsamples  were taken by volumetric  pipette  for biomass, chloro-
phyll,  and  Cd concentration  determination.  A  few  milliliters  of suspended
sample  was  preserved  with  Lugol's  iodine  solution (APHA, 1976)  for  algal
counts.  Several  aliquots of both living and preserved samples were examined
and  no significant differences  found in  cell  densities  or  taxa observed.
Also, samples were  compared before and after blending and there was almost no
qualitative or  quantitative difference observed.  However,  one  rare species
(Eremosphaeria  viridis)  was  known  to  be  disrupted  beyond  recognition  by
either blending or  preservation with Lugol's solution.

     Algae were  counted using the drop-transect method (Voelenweider , 1969).
Samples were  mixed, with a  vortex mixer and 50  |Jl  subsamples removed using
an  automatic  microliter  pipette  placed on  a  clean glass  slide  and covered
with a cover  slip.  Random transects were then counted using an ocular micro-
meter  to  delineate the  width of  the scanned  field.   All cells  of living
algae  (intact cells with pigments)  were counted as units  and the number of
cells per area of the  original surface calculated using equation  1.


                       n  /  2   484  (N) (M)
                    cells/mm  = - ^^ — *— ^
                                0.05 (A) (T)           (1)
                                                          2
                    where:  484 = area of coverslip, in mm

                              N = number of cells counted

                              M = total sample volume, ml

                              A = area scanned, mm

                           0.05 = volume of 1 drop,  ml

                              T = area sampled, mm


For  interspecific  comparisons  cell  densities  were converted to volume of
living  cells.   This  calculation was  made by  measuring  50  cells  of  each
species and  estimating the average  volume  per cell  using regular geometrical
shapes  including  spheres,  cylinders  and ellipsoids.

     Aufwuchs biomass   was  determined  for  a  10.0 ml  aliquot  from the mixed
slurry  described  above.   Aliquots  were placed  into  pre-fired,   pre-weighed
crucibles,  dried at  100° for 24  hr,  cooled in a  dessicator and  reweighed.
Biomass  in grams  per   square meter  of the  original substrate (glass slide,
wall or bottom) was calculated using equation 2.
                Biomass =
                                      20


-------
                where:   M = total sample volume,  ml

                        W = sample dry weight,  g
                                          2
                        T = sample area, m


     Concentrations of chlorophylls a and b,  carotenoids and phaeophytin pig-
ment ratios were determined using the acetone extraction method of Strickland
and Parsons  (1972).  Ten ml  of mixed algal  solution  was  filtered at 0.5 ATM
through Gelman A-E glass fiber filters with a small amount of saturated MgSO^
added  as  a buffer.   The filter  was  ground  in  a  glass  tissue  homogenizer,
using a teflon  pestle  with several milliliters of 90%  reagent grade acetone
until it was  completely disassociated.   The  total volume was  adjusted to 10
ml with 90% acetone.  The grinding tube was kept  in a  ice-water bath through-
out  the  grinding  period (approximately one minute).   Blended  samples  were
allowed to extract in the dark at 4°C for 24  hours.  At  that time the samples
were  centrifuged,  decanted  and  re-centrifuged.   Absorbance  of  clarified
samples was  measured  at 750, 663, 645,  630, and 480  run  in  a  one centimeter
cell using  a Beckman  ACTA-CIII  Spectrophotometer.  Extracts  were  acidified
with one  drop of 0.1 M  HC1,  and their absorbance remeasured at  750  and 663
nm.  Absorbance  values were  corrected  for turbidity with the 750  run absor-
bance and background absorbance.   Chlorophylls a_ and b and  carotenoids  were
calculated according  to Strickland and  Parsons  (1972).   Acidification ratio
was  calculated  by dividing  the  corrected 663 acidified  absorbance  into the
663 unacidified value.

     Dried periphyton  samples were wet ashed  in  30  ml  porcelain  crucibles
with 2 ml  of concentrated HNO  at 80 C  for  1  to 3 hours or until  all solid
material had  dissolved  and  No.  evolution ceased.  The samples  were  cooled,
two ml of  30% HO  added, and reheated  until  gas  evolution ceased.   Samples
were  cooled  to  room   temperature,  diluted  volumetrically using  deionized
water,   and stored  in  washed polyethylene bottles.   Analytical  methods  for
cadmium are described in Appendix I.

     Due to  the heterogeneous assembly of  organisms composing  the  aufwuchs
community  in  the channels,  an  estimate of  non-algal material  was  desired.
Utilizing  the estimation of  algal  volume and total  biomass values  suitably
converted  to  live volumes,  a percentage live  algae was  calculated  for  each
sample.  The  live volume:biomass  ratio was  measured for a  young  growth of
filamentous  algae  by lightly  centrifuging cells  from  suspension,  measuring
their volume  and determining dry weight.  Dry  weight (g)  was 1.74 percent of
live volume  (cm ).   Percentage  algal  composition of the aufwuchs  community
was determined  by  dividing the volume of  green  algae  (Chlorophyta)  or blue-
green algae  (Cyanophyta)  by  total algal volume.   Through the study these two
groups  together represented more  than 95% of  the  algae present.

     Preliminary comparisons of data have been  limited to differences between
treatments with  replicate streams and  head  and  tail locations  pooled.   At
each sampling date the  three values  have been graphed and  a  test  statistic
calculated for comparison between any two of  the  means.
                                      21

-------
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

Cd Accumulation

      Cadmium  levels reported for aufwuchs are  on  a dry weight basis for the
entire  community.   At continuous Cd exposures  of 0.05, 5.0 and 10.0 |Jg Cd/1,
steady  state  concentrations in  aufwuchs from long-term glass  slides  were
approximately 3, 36,  and  58  |jg  Cd/g dry weight  (Fig. 3).

      Concentration  factors  for  Cd  by aufwuchs were 7100X when  exposed  to 5
ppb  and  5800X when  exposed to  10 ppb  which are  similar  to concentration
factors reported by Gerhards and Weller (1977).  Linear relationships between
Cd  concentration in  culture media and  algae  have  been  reported by several
workers  (Gerhards  and Weller,   1977; Payer et al.,  1976;  Kutagiri, 1975; and
Kerfoot and Jacobs; 1976)  however, the Cd concentration factor in the control
channels  was   approximately  64,000  or 10 times the concentration factor for
the  higher Cd exposure concentrations.   Other  workers have  found concentra-
tion  factors  of 500X  for  Chlorella pyrenoidosa  (Hart and Cook, 1975); > 2000X
for  Analystis niclulans  (Katagiri,  1975);  4000  -  6700X for  marine diatoms
(Kerfoot  and   Jacobs,  1976); 1000 -  2000X  for bacteria  and  fungi (Doyle et
al. ,  1975) 80000X for mixed  algae (Kumada et  al., 1973) and 10000X for marine
phytoplankton (Knauer and Martin, 1973).  Since Cd  concentration factors are
                              LONG TERM GLASS SLIDES
   o»
   \
   T3
   O
   D>
   g
   i-
   cr
   i-
   z
   UJ
   o
   z
   o
   o
   o
N
              DNlF|M|A|M IJIJ I A |S | 0 ) N | D|J  I F|M I A |M I J
                1976                                 1977
                                   SAMPLING DATE
Figure 3.  Mean Cd concentrations in aufwuchs collected from long term glass
           slides incubated in the channels from the beginning of Cd exposure.
                                      22

-------
related to available Cd  in  the  medium and thus affected by the chemical and
physical form which is determined  by  particulates, dissolved organics, water
hardness  (Kinkade  and Erdman,  1975), orthophosphate  levels  (Motohashi and
Tsuchida,  1974)  and  undoubtably to other  chemical parameters,  which affect
the form in which  Cd  exists in  water, it is not  surprising  to  find a large
range of factors reported for various  algae and fungi.

     Initial Cd  accumulation was  not measured  but  a  charge up  curve was
observed with  equilibrium  reached within approximately  50  days  (Figure 3).
Katagiri  (1975)  and  Kerfoot and  Jacobs  (1976) reported Cd  accumulation by
algae could be  explained by a  first order uptake model, which is consistent
with our data.

     The  Cd  concentrations  reached  in  short  term  accrual  experiments (23
days)  (Figure  4) were essentially  the  same  as  the  ambient  steady state Cd
concentrations   observed  on  the  long-term  slides  (Figure 3);  indicating Cd
uptake  by  the  aufwuchs  community  was  rapid.   After  Cd inputs ceased, water
concentrations  dropped to  control levels within  a few days.   Cd concentra-
tions  on  short-term  glass  slides  incubated  in the former  treatment streams
after  input was  stopped  were  not  significantly different  from   controls.
   100

_  90
o>
T3  80
o
5  70

1  60
2  50
H
Z  40
UJ
o
z  30
O
o
T3  20
o
                          SHORT-TERM GLASS SLIDES
           •	• Control
           a	6 5/x.cj Cd/L
           D	a lOuq Cd/L
        N I D   JIFIMIA  MIJIJ  A  S  0  N  D  J  F  M| A | M| J | J  A
              1976
                                                  1977
                                   SAMPLING DATE
   Figure 4.   Mean Cd concentrations  in  aufwuchs collected from short term
              glass slides incubated  in  the  channels for the eight weeks
              prior to sampling.
                                      23

-------
Cadmium uptake rate was calculated (Table 8) assuming a Von Bertalanfi growth
model  to  describe Cd  accumulation by  aufwuchs  (equations 3  -  6).   Cadmium
       TABLE 8.  STEADY STATE CD CONCENTRATIONS IN AUFWUCHS AND UPTAKE
                 AND ELIMINATION CONSTANTS

TREATMENT
(Mg Cl/£)
STEADY STATE
LEVEL
(Mg Cd g )
UPTAKE
RATEj
(pg Cd g day )
DECAY
CONSTANT
(day"1)
            5

            10
36

58
2.1

3.9
.06

.07
                                         kQ
                           Qt = ;(
                  for steady state:
                               (3)

                               (4)


                               (5)
                                 ss
                                            J = Q   k
                                                 ss
                               (6)
                  where:
                      Q = Cd concentration in aufwuchs

                      0   = steady state Cd concentration in aufwuchs
                       ss
                        J = Cd uptake rate

                        K = Cd elimination rate
accumulation  in the  benthic  aufwuchs was  also determined on  two occasions
during  Cd  input using short term glass slides.  The average values by treat-
ment  were:   controls    8,  5  pg Cd/£ - 75,  and 10 pg Cd/A -  116  pg Cd/g of
ash-free dry  weight.   These values are.approximately double the values found
for  the aufwuchs  populations  or vertical  substrates  and may  be  due to the
relatively slower  flushing  of biological material  from this storage.
                                      24

-------
     Cadmium decay from  the  aufwuchs  storage was followed in detail and data
from the walls  and  glass slides is combined  in  a  semi-log plot in Figure 5.
The best linear  fit  for  this data was found to be  a single logarithmic decay
for each treatment.   Assuming  a linear decay model, half-life values of 11.8
and 10.4  days  were  found  for  5  and  10 |jg Cd/£ channels  respectively.   Al-
though the  control aufwuchs  appeared  to lose cadmium during this period, the
slope of  the best-fit line  is  not significantly different from  zero  at the
95% confidence  level.

Community Structure

     After 20 months exposure to Cd, aufwuchs biomass was still increasing on
long-term glass  slides  (Figure  6)  and channel  walls  (Figure  7).   Ultimate
differences  between  standing crops on  glass slides and walls  indicate  that
glass slides underestimate standing crops  on an areal basis at high aufwuchs
densities.    Before Cd input  began, no  appreciable  differences  were observed
in aufwuchs standing crops between streams.   Within two months after Cd input
began, aufwuchs  standing crops  in channels  receiving Cd  were significantly
lower than those in control channels (Figure 6).   Standing crop values  in the
four treated channels remained similar to each other, but significantly lower
than controls for  five months  at which time  within treatment variance began
to mask  significant  differences.   After  ten months of  continuous  Cd  input,
mean  aufwuchs  standing  crops  were similar  across  all  treatments.   Benthic
aufwuchs samples measured  after 11 months  of Cd input had much greater bio-
mass levels  (controls   157,  5 pg Cd/SL   177, and 10 pg Cd/£ - 172 g ash-free
dry weigh/  m )  than  the vertical substrates and also showed no significant
differences between treatments.

     Figures 8  and 9  summarize live  algal volume  on  long-term glass  slides
and walls indicating  that  the  apparent recovery observed  for total aufwuchs
biomass was not the result of algal recovery.  Total algal volume declined in
the treated channels  shortly after Cd input began  and  remained  at constant
low levels  throughout the rest of the  study.   Algal volume  in the control
channels was significantly greater than  in  the treated channels throughout
the Cd input period,  exhibiting a spring minimum and a late fall-early winter
maximum.  -In_ bottom samples this trend was  also ,pbs£rved with an average value
of 22  cm /m  in the  controls  and 13 and 10  cm  /m   seen in the  5  and 10 pg
Cd/£ treatments, respectively.

     Due to the similar  effects of 5  and  10  |jg  Cd/1  on  algal  volume, the
required Cd concentration to depress  community algal standing crop is  less
than 5 pg  Cd/A.   Klass et aJL.  (1974)  reported  6 pg Cd/£ reduced Scenedesmis
gradricauda  growth   and  Katagiri  (1975)   observed  growth  inhibition  of
Anacystis nidulans at  50 pg  Cd/£.  Conversely, Hart and Cook (1975) reported
growth stimulation of natural phytoplankton populations by 11 to 110 pg Cd/£.
This may have been an indirect effect due to reduced grazing by zooplankton,
which are very  sensitive  to Cd  (Giesy et al., 1977;  Marshall, 1977).

     Aufwuchs  standing  crops   showed   little  difference between treatments
after  10  months  of  Cd  exposure,  however,  algal  population  densities  were
significantly lower  throughout  the exposure period in channels receiving Cd.
                                      25

-------
         2.0 r
       _i
       o

      o
      2  1.0
      o:
      I-
      z
      LU
      O

      O
      o

      -o
      O
         0.0
            15
                        D
          D
20        25
   MARCH
 30

DAY
                                                      •  Control

                                                      A  5/ig Cd/L

                                                      a  10 MQ Cd/L
                                                            APRIL
14
Figure 5.  Linear regression of Cd elimination from the aufwuchs community colonizing

          glass slides.

-------
N5
                     01
                     E
                     X.
                     o>
                     8'°
                     o
                     m
                     CO

                     I  5
                                              LONG-TERM GLASS SLIDES
•	• Control
*— * 5 /*g Cd/L
a	o io/ig Cd/L
                            N   DJFMAMJ
                                  A   S   0   N   D
                                   1976
                                                   SAMPLING DATE
                                                   1977
M
             Figure 6.  Mean aufwuchs biomass acrual on long term glass  slides incubated from the
                        beginning of the  experiment with confidence intervals indicated.

-------
N)
00
                     CO
                     E
   70



   60
                     CO
                     co  50
co
X
o
                        30
                        20
                         10
                             •—• Control
                             e>—^ 5figCd/L

                             0—° 10/igCd/L
                                                   WALL  SAMPLES
                              1976

J
J
A
S
0
N \ D
J
F
M | A
M
J
J
                                     1977

                             SAMPLING DATE
               Figure 7.  Mean aufwuchs biomass accrual on channel walls with two standard error

                         confidence intervals indicated.

-------
VD
                      CM
                      "
                          7.0
                          Q.O
                          5.0
                       £
                       ^

                       uJ  4.0
                       §  3.0
                          2.0
                           1.0
                          0.0
                                            LONG-TERM GLASS SLIDES
•—• Control
A—a 5 fig Cd/L
a—a 10 fig Cd/L
    ,      I      I
N
D
J
F
M
A
M
J
J
A
S
0
N
D
J
F
M
                                     1976
                                                     SAMPLING  DATE
                                                 1977
               Figure 8.  Mean viable  algal  cell volume  collected from long term glass slides incu-
                          bated  from the  beginning  of  the  experiment  with two standard error confi-
                          dence  intervals indicated.

-------
     CM
E
o

UJ
         2.0
        10.0
         8.0
         6.0
         4.0
         2.0
         0.0
                   WALL  SAMPLES
Control
     Cd/L
      Cd/L
             1976
J
J
A
S
0
N
D
J
F
M
A
M
J
J
                      1977
              SAMPLING DATE
Figure 9.  Mean viable algal cell volume collected from channel walls with two
          standard error confidence intervals indicated.

-------
This  decrease   in  the  relative importance  of  the  algal  component  in  the
aufwuchs community is reflected in a decreased chlorophyll £: aufwuchs biomass
ratio (Fig. 10) which  declined after initial colonization, due to accrual of
photosynthetically  inactive  algae and  heterotrophic  organisms.   This ratio
was relatively  consistent  in  all  channels throughout  the study.  The chloro-
phyll: biomass  ratio varied seasonally with significantly lower values during
early summer and  higher values during winter.   Using  an  algal  dry weight/
algal live  volume  X  100%  value of  1.74%,  determined for  a  relatively pure
culture of  stream  algae, we  found that throughout the  study  live algae made
up 2% or less  of the total  aufwuchs dry weight.

     Throughout most of the period of cadmium input,  the aufwuchs  communities
were visably different  in  color.   Communities in control channels were green
to black while  those in channels  receiving Cd were orange-yellow.   This ob-
servation  was   quantitatively  verified  by  comparison  of  chlorophyll a  to
carotenoid  pigments  (Figure  11).    In  the  control  channels,  a  fall-winter
maximum in  the  chlorophyll a:carotenoid ratio was observed corresponding to
the period  of highest  algal  standing crop.  Communities  in channels treated
with  Cd  had significantly lower  chlorophyll  a:carotenoid  ratios.   Margalef
(1961) and Odum and Hoskins,  (1957) found that lower  chlorophyll a:carotenoid
ratios  indicate a  shortage   of available nutrients.   It  is  possible  that
nutrient recycling was  limited by Cd and, therefore, algal populations were
nutrient-starved.    (See section  XI).   However,  water  nutrient  levels  were
generally higher in  channels  receiving Cd than  in control  channels.  An ex-
planation for this paradox may be  that most of the aufwuchs were actually ex-
posed to much  lower soluble  nutrient concentrations  under  the  surface layer
of the mat and  were dependent upon internal nutrient  cycling.

     Diatoms were  rare  in  all samples from walls and  glass slides regardless
of  treatment   although several diatom  species  were observed in  protozoan
sponge samples.  Nearly 100% of the algae were  green  (chlorophyta)  or blue-
green  (Cyanophyta).   Algal dominance  shifted  towards blue-greens  with suc-
cessional  development  (Figure  12).   Samples  from channel  walls  indicated a
significantly higher percentage of blue-green algae in  the Cd-treated chan-
nels .

     Initial  colonization  in  all   channels  was  dominated  by Oscillatoria
geminata (filamentous  blue-green),  Geminella  turfosa  (filamentous green) and
Stigeoclonium elongatum  (filamentous green).   These  three species as well as
several  other   filamentous  greens  and blue-greens,   unicellular   greens  and
blue-greens, and five  desmid species were common  in  all channels throughout
the study.  A  total list of algal species collected  during the study is pre-
sented in Appendix (II).

     Species  diversity  was  calculated  for  the algal  component  of  each
aufwuchs sample using  the  formula  derived  from information  theory (Pielou,
1969).   Diversity   (H)  initially  decreased  and  then  increased  through the
spring and summer to a plateau  (Figure 13).  The trend observed for  diversity
was largely due to changes in eveness of the algal population distribution as
opposed  to colonization  by  larger  numbers  of  species  (Figure  14).   A few
months after Cd input began, diversity values were significantly lowered in
                                      31

-------
to
(O

o

E  7.0
o
                       60
                    ol
I  5.0

o


g"  4.0


O
ri  3.0
                    oc
                       2.0
                    <  1.0
                       0.0
                                           LONG-TERM GLASS SLIDES
                                                     ~A1SR5~
                                                    WALLS
                                                                Walls, Slides
                                                                         Control
                                           •- -m , D — o 10
                                                                              Cd/L
                                 \i  i  i  I  i i  i   I I  II I  III  I  i  i    I
                           N|D|J|F|M|A|M|J|J|A| s [ O|N|D|J |F|M|A|M|J
                                1976
                                            1977
                                               SAMPLING DATE
              Figure 10.   Algal ratio  for aufwuchs collected from both long term glass slides and

                         channel walls with two standard  error confidence limits reported for

                         long term glass slide samples.

-------
u>
OJ
                      4.0
O
c

Q>
•4—

O
k.

O

^

01
                      3.0
                   U



                   O  2.0
                      1.0
                   Q.
                      0.0
                 LONG-TERM GLASS SLIDES AND WALLS
                           Ill Ix  III11IIIII  111  II       I
                                                            Slides
                                                       Walls
                                             • Control


                                             ^ 5 /tg Cd / L
                                         o	a 10 pg Cd / L •	•
N
D
J
F
M
A
M
J
J
A
S
0
N
D
J
F
M
A
M
J
J
                              1976
                                              SAMPLING  DATE
                                           1977
             Figure  11.  Pigment ratio for aufwuchs collected from both long term glass slides

                        and channel walls with two standard errors confidence limits reported

                        for glass wall samples.

-------
                                         LONG-TERM GLASS  SLIDES AND WALLS
u>
   100

    90

f?   80

J   70
O
g   60

O   50

Z   40
UJ
DC   30
UJ
°~   20

    10

     0
                                Slides          Walls
                                 •	•  Control    o	o
                                 6—*  5Mg Cd/L *-"*
                                 o—o  10ig Cd/L •-•-•
                            :  1111  x  i  x  x
V—
 ill  I
                             N  D  J  FMA  M  J  J  A  S  ON  D  J   FM  AM  J  J
                                   1976
                                                1977
                                                   SAMPLING DATE
               Figure 12.  Percent of algal community,  collected  from long term glass slides and
                           channel walls comprised of  green  algae with two standard errors confi-
                           dence limits reported for long  term glass samples.

-------
u>
                   4.0
                   3.0
                   2.0
                en
                a:
                LJ
                    1.0
                   0.0
                                 LONG-TERM GLASS SLIDES AND WALLS
I n  11111II  inh  mil  i
                           1976
                      Sitetes         Walls
                      •	• Control  o	o
                                                       Cd/L *	*

                                              D	o |0/*g Cd/L»	•
                                          SAMPLING DATE
                                 1977
            Figure 13.  Diversity values for the algal community colonizing long term glass

                      slides and channel walls with two standard errors confidence intervals

                      indicated for long term glass slide samples.

-------
u>
                  CO
                  CO
                  LJ
                  2
                  LJ
                  >
                  U
I.Or

0.9

0.8

0.7

0.6

0.5

0.4

0.3

0.2

O.I
                     0.0
                                      LONG-TERM GLASS  SLIDES AND WALLS
                                    I  I  I  I  I  I   III  III   111   I  I  I
                         N   D  J   F  MA  M  J   J  A   SONDJ  F  MA  MJ  J
                               1976
                                              1977
                                                SAMPLING DATE
             Figure 14.   Evenness values for  the algal community colonizing long  term glass slides
                         and channel walls with two standard errors confidence intervals indicated
                         for long term glass  slide samples.

-------
the channels receiving 10 |Jg Cd/£.   Diversity reduction was less extreme at 5
pg Cd/£ and disappeared after seven months of Cd exposure.

Interactions

     During the first  18  months  of stream succession,  aufwuchs  provided the
largest reduced carbon component for heterotrophic metabolism,  and  as  indi-
cated in Figures 6  and 7 was continuing to increase in standing stock at the
end  of the study.    However,  the  total  living  algal  contribution to  the
aufwuchs had  apparently  levelled  off by  the  first year  at  which  time  the
other  autotrophic  component of  the  streams  (macrophytes)  were rapidly  in-
creasing.   It is possible that total algal volume  in  the  streams  would have
continued   to  increase at a  rate limited only by the  increase  in  attachment
surface area created by macrophytic plants.

     All other organisms  residing  in the streams were by necessity dependent
on algal and  associated  aufwuchs growth and would be expected to demonstrate
indirect responses  to Cd's  effect  on the aufwuchs  component.   Although the
viable  algal  populations never  showed  recovery from Cd toxicity  during the
year after Cd input,  aufwuchs levels recovered to comparable  levels  in all
channels.   The standing crops appear to have been largely limited by physical
forces  such as  water  current, torrential rains, and severe  winds  acting on
them.   In  one respect we may  now look  at the densities of various consumers
and try to understand how they were limited by algal populations (they should
be lower  in the treated channels)  or  by total  aufwuchs  biomass  (initially
lower  in  treated  channels  but gradually  recovering during Cd  input).   How-
ever, we also have  quite a different possibility that one  might easily over-
look.  That is, the  possibility that the consumers were directly affected by
Cd treatment  levels and  a  large part of the algal response  was  an indirect
reaction to Cd, mitigated by decreased cycling capabilities of nutrients due
to lowered ecosystem complexity.

     We can examine  these  two possibilities  and try to determine  if  one is
more likely than the other based on the available data.  The organisms found
in the  channels  that  would be  dependent upon algae  for  nutrition  and upon
which  the  algae  might  be dependent for  cycling  of  nutrients include:   bac-
teria,  fungi, protozoans,  invertebrates  and fish.  For bacterial populations
we have no pertinent  information  except for the specific  group  of nitrogen
fixers.  There was  some indication that these organisms were adversely affec-
ted  by  Cd.  Most likely  this  was  a direct toxicity effect because  of their
ability to fix N_  in the absence of an organic carbon source.

     Fungi  colonizing  leaves  in the tail pools were severely inhibited by Cd
treatment   (See Section XI).   Since these organisms were given a allocthanous
food source  (dead tree leaves) their reaction  to  Cd  would not be the result
of a lack  of energy, but  rather a direct toxicity effect.

     Microinvertebrate  populations   showed   variable   results  with  micro-
crustaceas  and Difflugia reduced by  Cd  treatment and  flagellates, cilliates
and  rotifers  reaching  higher  population  densities  in Cd  treated channels.
Decreasing  microcrustacean  population densities  in Cd  treated  channels may
have been  a result  of reduced algal populations, since the single species of


                                      37

-------
copepod and  ostracod seen  were vegetarian by  nature.   However  the  initial
total disappearance  of  these organisms when Cd was added to the channels may
more likely be  the result of a direct toxicity effect which was mitigated by
successional  evolution  in the streams, allowing  their  partial  recovery with
time.  The increase in cilliate, flagellate, and roifer populations could not
be  the  result of  lower  algal populations but may have  contributed  to those
lower  populations.   Rather,  as suggested  elsewhere  in this  report,  their
increased populations may have been the result of tolerance to Cd toxicity as
well as decreased predation and disease.

     Macroinvertebrate populations  also  showed  considerable  differences be-
tween treatments and controls that may have affected algal populations.  May-
flies and  annelid  worms  were greatly decreased in the treatment channels and
because of  their  food habits being largely non-algal, it may be assumed that
their decreases were the result of direct  Cd  toxicity.   The  organisms which
feed heavily  on  algae,  e.g.  the dipterans  (Chironomidae and Ceratopogonidae)
were stimulated  to higher  levels  in  the  Cd streams  in  spite  of lower algal
populations.  This  stimulation  of  herbivores due to  lack  of  competition and
predators may have been largely responsible for  the  decreased  algal popula-
tions observed.

     Crayfish and  Gambusia  in Cd treated streams exhibited the greatest re-
sponse to  direct  Cd toxicity.  These populations were  severely reduced com-
pared to controls and indirect effects of these reductions were plainly seen.
Reduced populations of crayfish in the treated head pools resulted in greatly
increased macrophytic growth  and a lowering of nutrient inputs to the treated
streams while the loss of Gambusia from the treated streams no doubt played a
big part in the increased herbivore populations.

     So why then was the overall  result  of Cd input  the  reduction  of algal
standing  crop and consequently primary production  (and respiration)?  Algal
species capable of withstanding the direct  toxicity effects of Cd were in the
treated  streams  as  evidenced  by  luxuriant  growths  at  isolated times  and
locations.  What were the effects  of Cd  that  indirectly inhibited algae and
primary production?  A likely explanation in need of further investigation is
the  effect  of Cd on the higher organisms,  the heterotrophs or consumers, and
with the  disruption  of  their balanced web of  relationships  by an exogenous
poison and  the  subsequent  lowering of  sustainable  autocthonous energy fixa-
tion.  Several studies  with widely different organisms  have  shown that pri-
mary production may be  maximum at levels of  consumers greater than zero but
less than maximum possible populations (Cooper, 1973; Hargrave 1970;  Flintard
and  Goldman,  1975).  Normally  a system will be  forced  to adjust population
densities of  the  various consumers in a series of feedback steps, each lead-
ing  to a  slightly greater  fixation of  utilizable energy.   In the time scale
of  our study this  natural  system  selection could  be  carried only  so far
because  the  ultimate  consumer  (Cd)  was  being maintained  at a  fixed level
without feedback  control.   Natural  systems,  receiving  a  toxin such  as Cd,
might  indeed over  a long  enough  time  derive  mechanisms  controlling the
toxin's concentration.   Possible examples of mechanisms already found for Cd
are  sequestering  of  the  element in non-living materials  such  as humics and
losses through sedimentation.  Natural systems may be adapted to use environ-
                                      38

-------
mental  levels  of Cd  as a  controller,  or consumer  in their  tuned  networks
resulting  in maximum  sustainable  energy utilization.   Thus the  difficult
question of  what attributes of  a  system should  be protected  (see  Section
XIV).
                                     39

-------
                                SECTION VIII

                                 MACROPHYTES

INTRODUCTION

     In shallow standing or sluggishly moving water, emergent macrophytes are
often a dominant  feature of aquatic communities.   These  macrophytes  exert a
strong  influence  on  the community in several ways.   Their most obvious con-
tribution  is in  the  production of  fixed carbon which  is available  to the
heterotrophic system  components.   These plants  may also  exert  a  strong con-
trolling influence by their utilization of available nutrients and light and
the release  of  soluble organic compounds which  then  affect the algal compo-
nents of  the ecosystem.   Also important is the physical habitat the macro-
phytes provide  for  invertebrates  and small vertebrates.   With respect to the
relative importance  of macrophytes,  Westlake (1975)  states that  the  role of
macrophytes  in the aquatic community lies more in their role in modifying and
diversifying habitats  than in the supply of organic matter.

     Aquatic  macrophytes  are  able  to  concentrate  Cd from  both water and
sediments  (Harding  and  Whitton,  1978)  and  may  serve as  a source of  Cd to
herbivore populations.

     Macrophyte populations were  monitored to determine the effects of Cd on
colonization and growth  as well as Cd accumulation by macrophytes.

METHODS

     Clumps  of  Juncus diffusissimus  plants growing in a pond adjacent to the
artificial  streams   facility  were transplanted  into  the  channels and tail
pools on March 15, 1976.  Thirty clumps spaced at 2 m intervals were put into
the channels and 5  clumps were  put into the tail pools,  which  at  the time
contained crayfish.   The plants introduced into the  tail pools were  quickly
eliminated by the crayfish except in one  case  (tail  pool 6) where there was
100% mortality  of the crayfish.  This supports the hypothesis that the early
natural colonizing macrophytes  in the channels were  eliminated by the cray-
fish.    The  number of live shoots and  height of  the tallest  shoot  in each
clump  placed  in the  channels  was  monitored  monthly  until  October  1976.
"Live" shoots were considered to be those shoots extending to or upwards from
the water  line  and   containing chlorophyll.   Emergent and  submergent shoot
samples were taken monthly from three clumps for Cd analysis.  No attempt was
made to take root samples because of the  damage this would have done to the
plants.
                                      40

-------
     By June  of 1976,  sufficient  numbers  of large J. diffusissimus  had de-
veloped in the head pools for destructive sampling of these populations to be
initiated.  Starting  at that  time,  a single plant was removed  monthly from
each pool, divided  into shoot and root portions,  dried,  and subsamples taken
for digestion and  subsequent  Cd analysis.   In September  1976,  a  similar sam-
pling  program was  initiated  for J.  diffusissimus  naturally colonizing the
channels.   Individual plants  were  removed  from both ends  of each channel and
prepared for  Cd  analysis.   Callitriche heterophylla became relatively common
in the  channels and pools  by November 1976, and a monthly  sampling  program
for this  species was  begun at this time,  again both  upstream  and downstream
stations in each channel were sampled.

     By the time Cd input was terminated  (March  1977), population densities
of naturally  colonizing macrophytes  were  high enough so  that plant  biomass
sampling by quadrat analysis  was feasible.  A survey was  made  in. conjunction
with a  large  scale invertebrate sampling  program.   Ten 0.25 m   sections of
sediment and associated plants were removed from each channel.  A logarithmic
sampling distribution was  used so  that most samples were  taken  from  the up-
stream  reaches  of  the  channels,  which were  most heavily  colonized.   All
plants were washed, sorted by species, counted, dried in  a forced air  oven at
100 C, and weighed to the nearest 0.1 g. From these data, macrophyte  biomass
per unit  area was  calculated.   The  entire  sampling  procedure  was  repeated
using different quadrats  in September 1977 in order to ascertain any  changes
in macrophyte biomass that occurred after six months of recovery.

     All  samples  taken  for  Cd  analysis  were  rinsed free  of  sediment and
periphyton, and placed in plastic bags in which small holes had been punched.
After  the  samples  were  freeze dried to constant weight,  subsamples  of 0.05
-0.10 g were  refluxed in previously fired  (900 C, 1 hr.)  porcelain crucibles
with 2 ml redistilled concentrated HNC*  at  85 C on a hotplate until evolution
of NO-  ceased.   Samples were cooled  to room temperature, treated with 1 ml
30% H^CL,  heated until  clear,  cooled, and  diluted with  repeated deionized
water washings of the crucibles.

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

     In a  previous study  with the channel microcosms (Kania et al., 1976),
the emergent  macrophyte  J.  diffusissimus  became an  increasingly important
component  of  the channel  communities as time progressed, especially in the
upstream  reaches.   The  growth  of  this rush at  the heads of   the  control
channels was  so  extensive after two  and one-half years  that the water flows
became  restricted   and  the systems  had to be  channelized.   Because  of the
seeding technique  used  for this study, the same Juncus was expected to again
become a  dominant  community member and the macrophyte analytical program was
designed with this in mind.

     Shortly  after  the  initial seeding of the channels in October 1975, two
types  of  macrophyte seedlings  were observed in  the  channels.   These plants
persisted only until December, however, and then disappeared.  The disappear-
ance may  have been caused by the feeding activity of the crayfish introduced
into the channels in December or the onset of cold weather, or  the plants may
                                     41

-------
simply not  have  been suited to the  environment  of the channels.  By the end
of January  1976, the channels and tail pools were completely devoid of rooted
macrophytes of  any  kind although the head pools contained a relatively dense
growth of young macrophytes (Table 9).  The persistence of macrophytes in the
head pools which had no crayfish indicates that crayfish were responsible for
the elimination of macrophytes in the channels and tail pools.

     Data obtained  during  the first three months of sampling from the trans-
planted Juncus  diffusissimus  clumps indicated that the plants in the treated
channels  may  have   been   losing  shoots  faster  than those  in  the  control
channels.
TABLE 9.  DISTRIBUTION AND NUMBER OF INDIVIDUAL MACROPHYTES IN HEAD POOLS
          AS OF JANUARY 31, 1976
               Juncus
           diffusissimus
Gratiola
virginiana
Callitriche
heterophylla
Bacopa
caroliniana
Head
Pool





1
2
3
4
5
6
227
499
439
396
576
429
26
18
19
8
15
22
1
1
0
1
2
1
0
0
0
0
1
2

     This  phenomenon disappeared,  however,  during the  following four month
period, during  which all clumps produced  new  shoots  in about equal numbers.
No differences  in macrophyte growth rate were noted between treatment or con-
trol channels  at any time.  All measurements on the transplanted clumps were
discontinued after  October 1976 because clumps were  too large and overgrown
with algae to be effectively counted and measured.

     By  September  1977  when  Juncus  naturally  colonizing the  channels was
sampled  for  Cd,  there  were major  differences  between treated and untreated
systems with respect to macrophyte populations  (Figure  15).  Control channels
had many  more  plants than  channels receiving Cd inputs.  However, there were
no apparent  differences  between the 5  |J  g/£ and  10 (j g/£ treatments.  These
observations were confirmed by the macrophyte biomass sampling carried out in
March  1977  (Figure  16).   Figure 16 also shows the distribution of the macro-
phytes  in the  channels  with the greater  population  densities existing near
the input  wiers.   This  same pattern was  observed  in  a previous  study (Kania
et al., 1976).
                                      42

-------
       300
       200
        100
      Macrophyte Biomass -September 1977

                               Cd/L
                 j?
    CJ
    E
  OS

100


400
OJ
        300-
        200-
        100-
          Ql-r
      A'   \
                                      Cd/L
                                   =f*^F
                                  Control
                  20     40     60    80     100
                   DISTANCE  FROM INPUT.m
   Figure 15.  Macrophyte  standing crop biomass as
              a function  of distance  from the head
              pools,  as of September  1977.
                                                            lOOr
                                                                 Macrophyte Biomass - March 1977
                                                                                  i	1	1	1	1
                                                              0
                                                               DISTANCE  FROMINPUT.m
                                                Figure 16.  Macrophyte  standing crop biomass as
                                                           a function  of distance from the head-
                                                           pools, as of March 1977

-------
     The biomass in all systems approximately doubled in the six month period
with no cadmium inputs (Figure 15), with some trend toward recovery indicated
in at least the 10 p g/£ treatments (Figure 16).  The macrophyte distribution
in the  channels remained  unchanged.   The  colonization  pattern observed was
probably due  to turbulence  near  the  head and  distance  from  seed  source and
nutrient input.

     Fleischer et al.  (1974) state in their comprehensive review of Cd in the
environment that  "reports  of cadmium toxicity  symptoms  in plants grown under
field conditions  have  not  been found."  This  is  probably because the neces-
sary long  term studies that include several species have not previously been
done.   Because of the possibility  of  food chain transfer of  Cd  to  humans a
number  of  laboratory  uptake and plant toxicity  studies have  been done with
agricultural  plants  (John  et al. , 1972; Page e_t  al. , 1972; Francis and Rush,
1973;  Haghiri,  1973;   Turner,   1973;  John  et aTT,  1976;  Petterson,  1976;
Koeppe, 1977;  Reddy and Patrick,  1977; Wallace  et a_l. , 1977) including forage
species  (Bingham  et al.,  1976).   These studies, which  have  in general been
carried out with extremely high levels of  Cd, have demonstrated that the most
common  response  of  plants  to  Cd  is   reduced  growth  (i.e.  yield)  although
chlorosis  has  also been reported, and that the  levels of exposure required to
elicite a  toxic response varies  tremendously not only  with species but even
with variety  (John e_t  al. , 1976) .

     The  amount  of  information  on  Cd effects on aquatic plant  species  is
limited.   There have  been  two recent studies  (which have included some in-
vestigation of effects) although  they were primarily  concerned with Cd uptake
by Spartina  (Dunstan and Windom,  1975; Dunstan et al.,  1975).  These studies
showed  that  germination of  Spartina seeds  was  not  affected  by Cd exposure
concentrations of up  to 100 pg/iufc.   In  growth  studies over  an  eight week
period, this  concentration had no effect  on  growth rate or net primary pro-
duction.   It  is not clear as to  whether  the sensitivity  of J. diffusissimus
to Cd as demonstrated  in our study was simply a species  difference or related
to the  softwater  medium in  which the  Cd was presented.   Cearley and Coleman
(1973)  working with   the  fresh  water  naiad Najas quadulepensis  found that
plants  exposed to  Cd  levels  as low as  7 Mg/£ demonstrated reductions  of
chlorophyll,  turgor,  and stolen  development, although they do  not relate the
extent  of  these responses to the  doses used.

CADMIUM ACCUMULATION

     The   cadmium  concentrations measured in  macrophytes from  the  control
channels  and   head pools  (Table  10) were  similar to  those reported by other
workers  for  freshwater macrophytes  from  uncontaminated  areas (Cearley and
Coleman,  1973; Gommes  and Muntau,  1976;  Lee  et  a 1. ,  1976) but are generally
higher  than  those  reported  for  a  marine  form  (Dunstan  and Windom,   1975;
Dunstan et al. , 1975).  The two  species  studied  here appear to be very  simi-
lar  in  their   ability  to concentrate Cd  from dilute solutions  (Figure 17,  18,
19,  20  and 21.   In both  species, roots  were  in  all  cases higher than the
leaves,  (Figure 17,  18, 20  and 21) an observation made  by others  for aquatic
plants  (Lee e_t al. ,  1976; Gommes  and Muntau,  1976).
                                      44

-------
TABLE 10.  CADMIUM CONCENTRATIONS IN MACROPHYTES REMOVED FROM
           CHANNELS NOT RECEIVING CD.

Sample
Callitriche heterophylla
Natural colonizers
Leaves
Roots
Juncus diffusissimus
Natural colonizers
(channels)
Leaves
Roots
(Head pools)
Leaves
Roots
Transplants
Leaves
(Emergent)
(Submergent)
N x SD CV
ug/g %

10 1.05 1.94 185
28 8.55 6.96 81


54 1.48 0.96 65
55 6.19 3.51 56

32 0.70 0.92 131
31 2.43 1.44 59


94 0.61 0.84 138
94 0.75 0.98 130
                                  45

-------
                  _t/.  diffusissimus  Colonizing Head Pools
          _ 100
          O
               0
             300
nj 200
o
          O
          o
          O
             100
                                                            LEAVES
                  JJASONDJ   FMAMJJA
                                                            ROOTS
                    -a 5p.q Cd/L
                           Cd/L
/   */X
'  /   \
                                                    i \
                                       I 1' n  I
                                                            \
                  *—-j
                                                            \  V
J 1 J
A I S| 0
N | D
j |F
M
A
M
J
J
A
                 1976
                              1977
                        SAMPLING  DATE
Figure 17.  Cadmium concentrations in J.  diffusissimus colonizing the headpools
           expressed on a dry weight basis.

-------
    100


~    0
V.
-o
         J. diffusissimus  Colonizing Channels
                                  LEAVES
Y^J^Y^Yo^^f
                            M 1 A IMIJ  I J  I A |
   400
o>
2
-   300
a:
o  200
O
o
O
    100
                                   ROOTS
                        /
                             \
                              \
                   A
        *r-+  5fiq Cd/L
       - D~O  IO/igCd/L
                               \
                                \
                             \   \

         SlOlNlDlJlFlMlAlMlJljlAl
         1976
                     1977
                    SAMPLING DATE
Figure  18.  Cadmium concentrations  in J[. diffusissimus
           colonizing the channels, expressed on a dry
           weight basis.
                        47

-------
00
50 r
                T3
                O
                O
                I-
                <
                LU
                O
                   30
                   20
                O  10
                O
                O
                    0
                            J. diffusissimus Transplanted  to Channels
                                                              WHOLE LEAF
         5/ig Cd/L
             Cd/L
,H
                                         \
  h  /
                                           A\
                                              \  \
                                                                         \
                      A I  M { J I J | A \S\ OrN|D[J|F|M[A|M[J|J|A|
                      1976
                                1977
                      SAMPLING DATE
           Figure 19.  Cadmium concentrations in J_. diffusissimus transplanted to the channels,
                     expressed on a dry weight basis.

-------
I£U
1 100
Cd CONCENTRATION (/tg C
ro 01 ->i
01 O 01



a C. heterophylla
\ COLONIZING CHANNELS
-°V / \~o LEAVES
^v !
- "y s
N A (
NNX / \ 1 A- 	 ^ 5/ig Cd/L
X / ^"-^ i ° 	 D 10/i.g Cd/L
*r
1\
y/^^/^^^^^^r^^/'^f^/y^'^/f'. *" ^^
N|DJ FM AM J J A
1976 1977
                                    SAMPLING DATE
Figure 20.   Cadmium concentrations in  C. heterophylla shoots  colonizing the channels,
            expressed on a dry weight  basis.

-------
                       C. heterophylla
                 COLONIZING  CHANNELS

^ 1000
\
0
a! 800
z
O

1- 600
*
UJ 400
O
o
-o 200
O



V I OUU.f O
J ROOTS
: 'n
W
N\
III A A C « /^ *J / 1
iji i o — 6 3 fig oo/L
|0 1
,'| D— o lOug Cd/L
1 ' \

P — o— ._A'i \
/ ! \ A
v_ 	 g/ ^fNu/ \
xx-'x "*" i; ^x \^__
'* & \N ~~° — —o
\
7 -a 	 a 	 *

N | D | J F M|A M | J | J A
                    1976
1977
                                    SAMPLING DATE
Figure 21.   Cadmium concentrations  in C. heterophylla roots  colonizing channels,
            expressed on a dry weight basis.

-------
     J.  diffusissimus plants  transplanted  into the channels were lower in Cd
throughout  the   study  than  the  naturally colonizing  forms that  developed
there.   The sediment in the pond from which the transplanted J.  diffusissimus
were removed  was much  higher in  organic  matter  content  and clay  than  the
channel  sediments.  J.  diffusissimus  that  colonized the highly organic natu-
ral sediments  in the head pools had lower Cd concentrations than those in the
channels and quite  similar to the transplanted plants.   In the transplanted
J.  diffusissimus  there were  no  differences between  submergent  and emergent
portions of leaves  with  respect to Cd concentrations, and the concentrations
observed are  not to any extent  due  to loosely adsorbed Cd  or  Cd associated
with unremoved periphyton.

     No  difference  was  observed between emergent  and  submergent  portions of
leaves  of  transplanted  J.  diffusissimus so these  have  been averaged (Figure
19).  In  Cd  treated  systems, the  naturally colonizing  Callitriche hetero-
phylla  and J. diffusissimus  leaves and roots were at equilibrium at the time
sampling was  initiated (Figure  17,  18,  20 and 21).  This  is not surprising
considering the  rapid  rate at which at least some aquatic plants can take up
this metal  (Wolverton,  1975;  Cearley and Coleman, 1973).  We did not observe
the  great  species  differences   cited  by  other  workers   (Petterson,  1976;
Fleischer e_t al. , 1974), and in the channels, both species concentrated Cd to
a  similar  degree although  the roots of C_. heterophylla  were generally con-
tained   greater  Cd  concentrations  than did those  of  J.  diffusissimus.   This
may be  due  to  the finer roots of C.  heterophylla and thus greater potential
uptake  surface.

     In  all  samples   roots   contained  greater  Cd  concentrations   than  did
leaves.    Also,  naturally  colonizing  Juncus  in  the  head pools  (Figure  17)
accumulated less Cd, than those growing in the channels (Figure 18).  Cadmium
uptake   patterns were  different  in  these  two  regions  in several  ways;  (1)
there was  little  difference in Cd uptakes by J. diffusissimus growing in the
pools exposed   to  5 pg  Cd/£  or  10  |Jg Cd/£.   Conversely,  Cd uptake  by J.
diffusissimus growing  in  the channels was approximately proportional to that
which they were exposed,  (2) there was a general  increase in Cd levels in J.
diffusissimus roots growing  in  the  headpools  during exposure to  Cd,  while
there was a  decrease  in  root  Cd concentrations  in plants growing  in  the
channels,  (3) Cd  concentrations  in roots, especially those made after Cd in-
puts were  terminated,  were much more variable in  samples from the head pools
than in those from  the channels.

     During the five month  period after Cd  inputs  were  stopped,  Cd concen-
trations  in  plants growing  in both the head pools  and channels  declined to
similar  levels, even  though  sediment Cd  levels  in  head  pools  remained con-
stant and  greater than channel sediments.  These  results are consistent with
those of John et al. (1972) which demonstrated that plants grow on soils with
increased  Cd  adsorbing  capacity  and  increased  organic matter  content  had
lower Cd  concentrations  than  those grown  on  soils  with  lower  Cd sorbing
capacity (see Table 1).

     Transplanted  J.   diffusissimus  (Figure 19)  never reached Cd  levels as
great as those  acquired by the naturally colonizing plants.   Wolverton  (1975)
                                     51

-------
working with water hyacinths stated that mineral uptake rates per unit of dry
matter  are  greater for plants  in  a rapid growth phase,  and  decrease as the
plant ages.  J.  diffusissimus  clumps transplanted into the channels  in March
1976 contained  at  least one season's growth  and  after a small growth period
in the  spring,  did not measurably  increase  in size.   Cadmiun concentrations
in the  leaves  of transplanted J. diffusissimus  increased rapidly during the
month after  Cd  inputs were terminated.  There is no apparent explanation for
this observation.

     In  all  cases, Cd  concentrations  reported here  for  macrophytes from Cd
treated  systems are  high  relative to other  researchers.   Lee  et al. (1976)
reported  root  levels of  61 and  18 (Jg/g dry  weight  for  Scirpus and Cyperus
roots  growing  in medium containing 500  pg/£ Cd and  leaf levels of 3-20 and
20-65 Mg/g for nonrooted portions of these same species.  Cearley and Coleman
(1976)  report  Cd  levels  of 60  \jg  Cd/g  ash for Najas  exposed  to 7 |Jg Cd/£.
Our  high results may be the  result of the extremely  soft  acid water of our
system.
                                      52

-------
                                 SECTION IX

                                INVERTEBRATES

INTRODUCTION

     The  importance of macroinvertebrates  as essential  components  in aquatic
systems  is  well  documented  (Hynes,  1957;  1960; 1970; Weber,  1973;  Cummins,
1973;  Brinkhurst,  1974;  Cummins,  1975;  and Carins,  1977).   Carins  (1977)
states that, aquatic macroinvertebrates are important components  in food webs
of aquatic  systems,  being primary  and secondary  consumers,  and  serving  as
food  sources  for  higher  trophic  levels.   While Cummins  (1973)  states,  the
role  of macroinvertebrates in  the  overall structure and function of  stream
and river ecosystems  is  the  conversion of  reduced  carbon  compounds  derived
primarily  from the surrounding land  supplemented  by in-stream  carbon fixa-
tion,  into  temporary storage  in  their own  tissue and into  carbon dioxide.

     Numerous surveys have used the aquatic communities of streams,  rivers,
and lakes  as  indicators  of water quality.   The works of  Gaufin  and Tarzwell
(1952 and  1956)  and others have demonstrated that the composition and distri-
bution of  benthic  invertebrate communities are useful  tools in  evaluating
perturbations in aquatic systems due to various  types of pollutants.

     Macroinvertebrates  are especially  well  suited for such studies because:
1) their limited mobility does not allow for perturbation avoidance, 2) their
ubiquitous   distribution  in aquatic habitats,  3) the relative ease  by which
they  are collected and in many cases identified,  4) their fairly long life
cycles,  which means  that once  a perturbation has  affected a  community's
composition and/or distribution,  it  generally requires  an extended period of
time  before new recruitment can reestablish the original community structure.
Cairns  (1977)  and  Cairns et  al.  (1972)  have  suggested  macroinvertebrates
(predominantly protozoans) are good  indicators of  environmental  stressors.

     Recently, much  effort has been  spent  studying the acute toxicity, up-
take, and accumulation  of heavy metals in aquatic  organisms  (Ravera et al-,
1973; Thorp and  Lake, 1974; Karbe  et al., 1975; Club et al., 1975*;  1975  ;
Nehring,  1976; and Enk  and Mathis, 1977).  However, only limited information
is presently  available  on the use of aquatic invertebrates  in assessing the
effects  of  potentially  harmful chronic levels of  heavy metals in laboratory
as well  as  in natural systems.

     The  objective of this portion of our study was to determine the fates
and  effects of chronic  Cd exposures  (5  and 10  jJg/Jfc)  on  benthic organisms
under controlled, semi-natural conditions.  To accomplish these goals, steady
state levels  and uptake  and elimination  rates  of Cd were determined for  a
                                      53

-------
number  of  taxa.   Partitioning  and  Cd  dynamics  due  to growth  and  molting
cycles  of   organisms  were  also  studied.   Finally  community measures  were
employed to  assess  effects  of Cd on the structure and function of the macro-
vertebrate community.

METHODS AND MATERIALS

Macroinvertebrates

     Cadmium effects  on  the benthic community as well  as  individual  benthic
populations  were  assessed  by  identification and enumeration  of individuals
collected  using artificial  substratum  samplers  and random  bottom samples.
The major  portion  of  the macroinvertebrate survey relied heavily on multiple
plate artificial substratum samplers.   Multiple-plate samplers were selected
because:   (1) Multiple-plate samplers provide a practical means of collecting
macroinvertebrates  in  a system,  where  destructive  bottom  sampling  would
devastate  the  system.   (2) Plate  samplers  permitted quantitative comparison
between treatments as well  as  rapid and consistent sample handling.  (3) Mul-
tiple-plate  samples, although  they may exclude some taxa, do collect a suffi-
cient diversity of benthic  forms to be useful in relating benthic populations
to watr quality (Fullner, 1971).

     Samplers utilized were modified from those described by Hester and Dendy
(1962), Fullner  (1971)  and  EPA  (1973).  Samplers were  constructed of 3.2 mm
double-tempered  "masonite"  cut  into  7.6 cm square plates  and 2.5 cm square
spacers.   Each sampler consisted of 13 plates and 31 spacers.  The "masonite"
plates  and  spacers  were positioned  on stainless  steel rods,  resulting in
three  each  of  single  spaced, double  spaced,  triple spaced,  and quadruple
spaced plates.  Each sampler had an effective sampling surface of 0.16 square
meters.  Four  stainless steel support  racks, each  supporting three samplers
were suspended at each sampling station (Figure 22).  This arrangement allow-
ed sampling  after both short-term and long-term exposure periods.  The short-
term incubations were of six  weeks duration  (APHA,  1975;  Weber, 1973).  One
rack with  three  replicate samplers was removed from each sampling station at
six  week  intervals and  replaced by  a new  set  of samplers.   Samplers were
preserved  in 75%  ethanol for  subsequent sorting  and  enumeration.   The long-
term sampling program required three sample racks of three replicate samplers
each at  every  sampling station.  One sampler was removed every 12 weeks over
an  eighteen  month period  and  preserved   for  enumeration.   This  procedure
allowed  us to collect  samplers  which had been exposed  in  the channels from
the  first  day of  the macroinvertebrate program  (September  1975),  until the
end of the project.

     Plate  sampler removal  was  accomplished  by  enclosing each  sampler in
chambers  constructed  of  plexiglass  and  stainless  steel  screen  (mesh size
0.589 mm)  prior  to removal, to minimize the  loss of organisms from samplers
(Figure 23).  Detritus and  organisms collected were scraped from the samplers
and preserved in  75%  ethanol.  Sample volumes were reduced by filtering them
through #15  silk bottling cloth  (mesh size 0.095 mm) before sorting.

-------
     Samples  were also  collected  by removing 0.25 m   of  bottom sediment en-
closed by two stainless  steel  screens (mesh size  0.589 mm)  pressed into the
substratum.   The bottom  material  removed was diluted with tap  water and the
suspended material passed  through  a U.  S. standard  //30 sieve.   Detritus and
associated organisms  retained  by  the  sieve  were placed  into a  white  enamel
pan,  the  living organisms were  removed  with forceps and preserved  with 75%
ethanol.   This procedure  was  repeated  until  the sand  substratum produced no
        Figure 22.
Hester-Dendy type invertebrate samples suspended
in channels.
                                      55

-------
additional organisms.  The remaining sand substratum, amalgamate and detrital
material was returned to the location from which it was removed.

     Macroinvertebrates were  sorted microscopically  into  taxa  regardless  of
size  or  instar.   All  representatives  of each  taxon were  placed  in labeled
vials  and stored  for future  identification  and enumeration.   Samples  were
sorted twice to assure complete collection.
             »

                                       V- MA*
           Figure 23.
Invertebrate sampler in plexiglass and screen
sampling box.
                                     56

-------
     The sieving and sorting of macroinvertebrate samples was somewhat diffe-
rent  than  procedures  described  in  Standard  Methods   (APHA,  1975)  or  in
Biological  Field and Laboratory  Methods  (Weber, 1973).   In these  procedures,
as in most  classical works,  macroinvertebrates were defined as those inverte-
brates retained by  a U.  S.  standard #30  sieve (0.595 mm mesh opening),  while
all  other  invertebrates  were  considered  microinvertebrates.   These  arti-
ficially created categories,  as  observed by Jonasson (1955),  Mundie  (1971),
and Mason e_t  al. (1975),  result in the selective retention of certain  species
and,  in  general,  the elimination  of smaller  instars (developmental  states)
and/or taxa.   Because of  the limited literature available on long-term chron-
ic  effects of trace elements  on benthic  communities,  it was unclear  as  to
what role early developmental  stages might play in  overall  community struc-
ture  and function.   Therefore,  we  have  redefined macroinvertebrates  to  in-
clude not only those organisms retained  on a U. S.  sieve #30, but  all  recover-
able  instars  of those organisms,  regardless of size.  Also  considered when
making this decision was  the potential for increase in sample size.  Johasson
(1955) found  that  by utilizing  small mesh  sieves he could  achieve  a  100  -
600% increase in numbers  of individuals  captured over collections made using
a sieve of 0.6  mm  opening.   He  also  observed  that the  0.6 mm mesh sieve was
inefficient in collecting small Chironomid larvae.   This result is crucial to
our study where the Chironomid larvae may comprise  75    100% of  the  benthic
population, depending on  season and stage of channel  colonization.

     Macroinvertebrates  collected in  this  study were generally identified to
genus and occasionally to species,  the Chironomidae being the only exception.
The assemblages of  Chironomidae  collected by  our  techniques  contained  nume-
rous small  instars.   Therefore, due to the difficulties  in taxonomy of close-
ly  related  groups and especially among  younger instars, identifications were
made from a limited number of samples throughout the  study.

     Monthly  insect  samples were collected  randomly  from natural  substratum
samples for all treatments.   Because of the seasonal scarcity of particular
taxa  and  the  prohibitive amount of time required  to  collect equal  sample
sizes  of each taxa, sample collection   guidelines were necessary.   The  de-
cision was  made to  collect  individuals  of all available taxa within the time
interval required to collect 25 Chironomids.   As a result, in all  taxa except
Chironomidae,  the  number of  individuals comprising  a  sample may  vary both
within and  between sampling periods for any treatment.

     The organisms  necessary  to  comprise  a sample  were  taken randomly from
available substrata  in each treatment,  using  a  small nylon screen net (mesh
size  0.589).   Samples  were  placed  in plastic containers prior  to sorting.
Organisms were sorted from small aliquots of substrata placed in enamel trays
and  removed   using  stainless  steel  forceps.   Upon   removal,  organisms were
rinsed with  deionized water  and placed into  clean  plastic vials containing
deionized water.  Each taxon was placed in a separate vial and stored frozen
until digestion.

     Immediately after emergence and prior  to  flight,  adult dragonflies and
their corresponding exuvium were collected by hand, wherever possible, placed
in  plastic  bags,  and stored  frozen  prior  to  preparation.   This collecting
                                      57

-------
method allowed  for  the direct comparison of  adult  and exuvium Cd concentra-
tions in individual dragonflies.

     Insect  samples  except  those  of  the  larger  dragonflies   (adults  and
nymphs) were digested as follows:  samples were partially thawed, poured into
a  fired  porcelain   crucible  and  completely thawed  using  deionized  water.
Thawed  organisms  were  then  removed from the crucible using stainless steel
forceps and placed on acid washed, dried and tared platinum dishes.  Platinum
dishes were  then  placed in small petri  dishes  and dried at 50 C in a drying
oven to  obtain  a  constant dry weight.   Dried samples were weighed on a Cahn
Model 2500 Electrobalance.   All platinum dishes and samples were then placed
into acid  washed 1  ml glass volumetric flasks for  digestion.   The  taxa and
number of individuals per sample were recorded.  Except for pooled samples of
Chironomids  and Ceratopogonids,  all other samples contained individual orga-
nisms.   Insect  sample digestion was accomplished using  60  pi  of redistilled
cone. HNO  and  20 pi of 30% H.O  .  Volumetric flasks  containing samples were
heated  in a  water  bath at  60   to 70 C  (this  procedure did  not adversely
affect  the platinum dishes).   Digestion was determined to be complete by the
formation  of a clear  pale  yellow solution  in  each  flask.   After  complete
digestion, samples were allowed to cool and platinum dishes were removed with
an  acid washed glass  hook and rinsed with  several  drops  of deionized water
over  the flask.  Sample  volumes  were adjusted to  1  ml  with deionized water
and samples were ready  for analysis.

     Samples  of  larger insects,  dragonfly  adults,  nymphs and  exuvia were
freeze-dried to obtain constant dry weight and weighed.  Samples were diges-
ted  in  fired porcelain crucibles using  redistilled  cone.  HNO-  (0.6 ml for
adults  and  nymphs;   0.4 ml for  exuvia)  and  30% H-0_  (0.2  ml  for adults and
nymphs  and  none  for exuvia) at  60  -  70 C  on a  hotplate.   After complete
digestion, samples  were rinsed into 5 ml glass volumetric flasks and brought
to volume using deionized water.

     Monthly Corbicula fluminea  samples were  collected  from each treatment,
by removing  four transplanted organisms from the tail  region of each channel.
The entire soft body of these organisms was dissected out of the shell using
a stainless  steel  surgical sealput, placed in a plastic bag and frozen prior
to digestion.   C.  fluminea samples were analyzed using both flame and flame-
less  atomization  techniques.  Flame  atomization was  required for clams ex-
posed  to 5  and 10   pg  Cd/1 and flameless methods  were  used for control and
background organisms.   Matrix  interferences  were  encountered  with flameless
atomization  techniques  and  tissue  Cd  concentrations were  determined using
standard addition techniques  (see Appendix I).

     C.  fluminea  samples  were freeze-dried  to  obtain  constant  dry weight.
Samples  were digested  in  fired  porcelain crucibles using 1 and  2 ml of re-
distilled  cone. HNO   and  0.5 or  1 ml  of 30% H-0   depending  on tissue size
(large or small) on  a hotplate at 50°C for 10 to 15 hr.  Samples were diluted
to 25 ml with deionized water after cooling.
                                      58

-------
Macroinvertebrates

     The usual benthic  sampling methods are biased toward  collecting larger
invertebrate forms  in aquatic  systems.   Even  by using a smaller  screen for
sorting purposes, a  number  of organisms relatively important in aquatic food
chains cannot be collected.   We attempted to consider,  at least in a qualita-
tive manner, Cd  effects  on  these smaller invertebrate  forms  by utilizing an
aritificial  substratum  sampling method  developed  by  Cairns  (Cairns  e_t al. ,
1969,  Cairns  and Ruthren,  1970).    This  method  uses  polyurethane  sponges
suspended  in  the water  as  a  habitat  for colonization which  can  be  sampled
with replication and a minimum disruption of the study area.  This method has
been successfully used for studying the colonization and succession of fresh-
water protozoans  (Youngue and Cairns, 1971) and also the response of proto-
zoan communities to chlorine stress (Cairns and Plafkin, 1975).

     The sponges  provided an ideal  sampling substratum for  a wide variety of
organisms  in addition  to protozoa.   Indeed, the sponges could have been used
to sample  the  algae  component of the  eocsystem.   Several algal species were
found only in samples from the sponges.

     Rinsed polyurethane  sponge  cubes, 5 cm on  a  side  (Figure 24) were sus-
pended  at  two locations  in the channels and  repeatedly squeezed  to  exclude
all  air.   Two new pairs  of sponges were placed at each station  monthly and
sampled  two  weeks later.   Only  one pair of sponges was examined,  the other
provided a back-up capability  in case of sample loss.

     Sponges were squeezed  dry by hand  into a  500 ml  beaker and immediately
mixed.   Two-2  ml samples were taken  and  placed  in  counting chambers.  The
total remaining  volume  of water was measured  and  a 100 ml  aliquot preserved
with 5  ml  of formalin.  Samples were  allowed  to stand  for  approximately one
hour in  the  settling chamber.  The total chamber volume was then examined at
a  magnification  of  56 X with  a  Wild M 40 inverted microscope  and the total
number of  larger  forms identified and enumerated.  This magnification allowed
the  enumeration  of  the larger protozoans, rotifers, nematods, anelids, flat-
worms,  insect  larvae,  ostracods,   copepods,  cladocerans   and  occasionally,
taridgrads, mites, and gastrotrichs.  After the larger forms were enumerated,
the  samples  were examined at  560 X.  Ten random fields were completely coun-
ted.  Although some minute  flagellated forms did not "settle" in the chamber,
these  constituted a  relatively small  portion  of the  total  microinvertebrate
population.  No  attempt  was made to  derive a  species  identification for all
of the multitude  of forms observed because of the time constraints imposed by
the  use of  living  materials, and the lack of taxonomic  expertise; however,
consistently observed forms were identified.

     Youngue  and Cairns  (1971)  demonstrated  that  water  contained in  sponge
samplers may  differ  from the  surrounding medium at least with respect  to pH.
To determine if  organisms inhabiting sponges suspended in the treated systems
were actually  exposed to Cd,  a  series  of sponges  was submerged in Cd  spiked
water for  a period of two weeks.  The Cd concentration of water squeezed from
the  sponge was  not  significantly  different  from that  in  the  surrounding
medium.
                                      59

-------
     Counts  made  in  the  sponge material  were pooled  into larger  taxonomic
groups  !><•( .ujse  of  the  sm.i 1 1  numbers •>( r.ich  species.   Each time period  was
analyzed  separately by  ANOVA techniques for  treatment  effects.   There was no
significant  (P    0.05)  difference  between upstream and  downstream  stations.
So data from these  stations were pooled  by treatment.
         Figure 24.   Polyurethane sponge microinvertebrate  samplers,
                                      •

-------
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

Cd Accumulation

     Information on Cd  accumulation  and elimination by aquatic macroinverte-
brates (ordinarily insects)  is  incomplete in this study due to the complexi-
ties and  confounding  properties  of  the  natural  environment.   Factors which
were  determined  as being necessary  to  appropriately  calculate  uptake  and
elimination rates  along with concentration factors included:   1)  the poten-
tial for  multiple  routes  of exposure, uptake  and elimination; 2)  seasonal
effects on  population  level  (emergence and  recruitment),  development cycle
(alterations  in  metabolism,  size,  shape and  molting rate),  feeding habits
such as  selectivity  and  habitat  selection;  and  3)  alterations in  environ-
mental availability and exposure  levels  of  the  metal  in  question.   All of
these reasons  combined  to make  it quite  apparent  that  in order to conduct a
comprehensive  study of  the fate of Cd in macroinvertebrate populations under
natural conditions  one must  conduct  complete life history  studies  for each
group of  organisms comprising the community.   This requirement rapidly makes
the amount  of time and effort required  to conduct such a  study  on  «» large
scale  prohibitive.   Therefore,  what  is  presented is  a  genral overview of
several  taxa   in  terms of  Cd levels  accumulated  and eliminated,  with more
specific  data  for  several taxa  (Diptera:  Chironomidae and Odonata:   Anisop-
tera; Libellulidae).

     The  taxonomic  groups  for  which  the  most  data   are available  are:
Ephemeroptera; Odonata,  Anisoptera (Pantala  hymenea) and Zyoptera (Ischnura
sp.); Coleoptera (Dytiscidae);  and Diptera, Chironomidae and Ceratopoganidae
(Bezzia  or Probezzia).   Cadmium  accumulation and  elimination results  for
these taxonomic groups  are presented in  tabular  form  (Tables  11 and 12), as
mean  values  calculated  using  all  samples analyzed  in  each  taxa   for  the
periods during and after Cd inputs.  This  method  of  presentation  for uptake
and elimination data  is probably inappropriate due to  its  disregard for po-
tentially  important   seasonal  and  developmental  shifts  in susceptibility,
uptake, and  excretion  of  and potential  for  increasing Cd  accumulation over
time.  Therefore, Tables  11  and 12 are presented only as a generalized over-
view.  Many  of the potentially confounding  problems affecting our  findings
will  be   discussed  in  relation to  specific  observations  made on  midge or
dragonfly data.

     Generalized Cd accumulation data (Table 11) suggests that aquatic insect
nymphs and  adults  do  accumulate  Cd and that accumulation  is  related to ex-
posure concentration  in  many  cases.   Fowler  and  Benazoun  (1974) have pre-
viously reported  a direct  proportionality between uptake  rate and  environ-
mental concentration for Cd  in the shrimp Lysmatai seticaudata and the mussel
Mytilus edulis, however in our study,  this relationship  for aquatic insects
is  less exact.  Those taxonomic groups obtaining  the  greatest Cd  concentra-
tions were  the midges,  mayflies and damselflies.  Our  findings also suggest
there is  no  biomagnification of Cd with  increasing  trophic level.  Detriti-
vores  and/or  herbivores  always  maintained higher Cd levels than  did carni-
vores  regardless of  treatment.   Schwimer  (1973)  has  previously reported the
biodiminution  of  Cd  in tidal  invertebrates,  from herbivores  to  predators.
However, these reports  from  aquatic communities appear to be just the reverse

                                      61

-------
TABLE 11.  MEAN CD CONCENTRATIONS IN INSECTS, DURING THE PERIOD
           OF CD INPUTS

Range Number
Treatment
Taxa (jg/1 Cd
Ephemeroptera
*(detritivores
herbivores)

Odonata Anisoptera
^(Carnivores)


Odonata Zygoptera
^(Carnivores)


Coleoptera
^(Carnivores)


Chironomidae
*(detritivores
herbivores)

Ceratopogonidae
*(preditors &
scavengers)

0
5
10
0
5
10
0
5
10
0
5
10
0
5
10
0
5
10
Mg/8 Cd
dry wt
1.6
40.7
176.0
2.6
18. A
34.3
3.2
32.4
46.4
0.8
4.1
13.0
5.6
55.4
91.6
2.0
23.4
33.1
low
0.0
0.0
59.0
0.0
9.3
1.9
0.0
5.7
29.5
0.0
1.2
6.1
1.2
17.0
22.4
0.0
7.7
11.6
of
high Samples
5.8
96.8
324.8
5.7
38.3
188.4
11.0
61.1
93.4
2.6
9.3
25.6
64.7
190.2
345.5
5.6
56.9
56.1
16
4
8
24
7
10
33
13
7
9
7
4
36
40
44
9
7
8
Number
of
Organisms
18
4
11
24
8
10
34
15
9
7
7
4
391
421
491
52
41
49

^indicate a genral classification of trophic categories for dominant orga-
 nisms occurring in taxonomic groups collected in our experimental system.
                                     62

-------
TABLE 12.   MEAN CD CONCENTRATIONS IN INSECTS DURING THE PERIOD
           AFTER CD INPUTS WERE TERMINATED



Taxa
Ephemeroptera
*(detritivores &
hervivores)

Odonata Anisoptera
•'-'(Carnivores)


Odonata Zygoptera
^(Carnivores)


Coleoptera
"-(Carnivores)


Chironomidae
(detritivores &
herbivores)

Ceratopogonidae
(preditors &
scavengers


Treatment
Mg/1 Cd
0

5
10
0

5
10
0

5
10
0

5
10
0

5
10
0

5
10
Treatment
Mg/g Cd
dry wt



11.1




4.5

26.0
32.4
0.6

7.4
24.6
4.9

31.5
52.6
5.1

28.1
33.8
Range

low high
_

-

_

- -
-
0.0 13.2

3.0 44 . 2
19.3 67.8
0.2 1.0

0.1 24.5
0.7 45 . 2
1.6 12.1

6.4 107.2
10.1 158.7
1.6 9.6

21.1 33.7
10.1 64.1
Number
of
Samples



1
_

-

17

17
8
2

5
7
7

17
41
3

6
7
Number
of
Organisms
_


1
_

—

17

17
8
2

5
7
71

300
404
6

22
18

^indicate a general  classification  of  trophic  categories  for dominant orga-
 nisms occurring  in  taxonomic  groups collected in our experimental system.
                                     63

-------
for terrestrial invertebrate communities.  Skinner e_t al.  (1976) have report-
ed the  biomagnification of  Cd in  the  terrestrial food  webs  of a  coal ash
basin.

     Our results  also  indicate a wide range  of  variability in the "ability1'
to accumulate  Cd both  among and between taxonomic groups  at  any particular
time.   Similar  findings have  been reported  by  Thorp and  Lake (1973,  1974)
Nehring  (1976)  Nammingea  and Wilhm  (1977)  Bryan  (1976)  and  Renfro et. al..
(1974).  Bryan  (1976)  states that although rates of uptake may be related to
the  external concentration,  there is no certainty that concentrations in the
organism will reflect those of the environment.  Many researchers have attri-
buted  this  variability to  some  combination  of:   1)  fluctuations  in uptake
and/or excretion rates; 2) external surface contamination, or 3) the presence
of gut contents  in organisms sampled.    Elwood,  Hildebrand  and Beauchamps
(1976)  have  reported  that gut contents  in Tipula  sp.  comprise approximately
22.1% or an  individual's  dry weight and over 50% of the total body burden in
70% of the 30 elements they analyzed.  They concluded that gut content was an
extremely important source  of potential  error and  should  be of primary con-
siderations  when  determining body burdens and conducting  studies on trophic
level  transfers  of elements  in  aquatic systems.   The  potential for surface
contamination of  biological  samples and  its effect on the variability of de-
terminations has  been alluded  to by numerous authors  as  resulting from in-
adequate or prolonged rinsing of samples prior to digestion.

     Generalized  Cd  elimination  data  (Table 12)  indicate  that Cd  is elimi-
nated  from   the  insect community over  time for  those populations  or taxa
analyzed.  However,  due  to  the  variability of  the data  resulting  from:  1)
sporadic collection,  2) variable  sample size, 3) effects  of  life  cycle de-
velopment,   and  4)  new organism  recruitment;  little can  be said  about the
rates at which elimination may occur.  Data suggest that of those taxa
analyzed,  the  Coleopterans   and   Ceratopoganids  may  have  reacted  somewhat
differently to the chronic Cd exposure than did other taxa.

     Coleopteran data suggest that these organisms continued to accumulate Cd
even after  Cd inputs  were  terminated.   This result  is probably an artifact
created by the  relatively long life cycle of these organisms   (in comparison
with other taxa  sampled)  and the method by which the mean values were calcu-
lated.   As  previously mentioned this method of pooling samples over long time
intervals does  not account  for  Cd  accumulation over time.   Thus  organisms
with extensive Cd  exposures  were included in  the  Cd  elimination data,  while
many earlier collected organisms  with  limited  Cd  exposures are included in
the  Cd  accumulation  data,  giving the appearance of continued Cd accumulation
after Cd inputs had been terminated.

     Ceratopogonid  Cd  body  burdens did not  decrease  after Cd  inputs were
stopped, even  though  other  community  components  displayed a  fairly   rapid
elimination of Cd after inputs were terminated.

     Pooled  monthly  samples  of  chironomid  Cd concentrations  suggest a ten-
dency  for  significant differences  in  Cd accumulation  between treatment and
control situations.   Results  of  Schefcf's  S  procedure  (Kirk,   1968)  for the
                                      64

-------
separation of means  (Table  13)  indicate that even though  there  are signifi-
cant differences  in  chironomid  Cd  body burdens between treatments  and con-
trols,  there is  considerable similarity in Cd levels  between treatments, thus
indicating that, in  the  case of chironomids, the fates of  5 (Jg/1 and 10 pg/1
Cd  exposure  are not significantly different  considering  the natural  vari-
ability encountered.

     Cadmium accumulation by  chiromonoids  appears  extremely dependent on the
time of year during  which samples are collected.  Mean chironomid Cd concen-
 TABLE  13.   SCHEFF'S S-PROCEDURE VALUES FOR INSECT CADMIUM CONCENTRATIONS
            MEANS  AT EACH SAMPLING PERIOD

Treatment
Period
(month)
1976
June
July
August
September
October
November
December
1977
January
February
March
April
May
June
lOppb
183. 17a
218. 03a
97.97a
40.33a
38.84a
28.50a
40.94a
37.42a
44.28a
52.07a
113. 66a
87.10a
32.10a

5ppb
142. 92a
119.13b
58.57a
23.08b
I6.55b
26.64a
40.53a
32.85a
33.66ab

35 . 40a
58.58a
66.63a
I6.66ab



2.98b
2.26c
31.20a
1.30c
2.23c
2.01b
3.84b
2.08b
2.56b
2.55a
3.00a
7.47b

Oppb
(questionable
sample)

 Means with the same superscript within a sampling period are not signifi-
 cantly different (a = 0.05).
                                      65

-------
trations calculated  on a monthly basis  (Figure  25)  indicate that during the
period of April  through July, Cd burdens  were higher than at any other time
of year.  This  finding occurred on  an  annual basis both during and after Cd
inputs were  terminated,  suggesting a seasonal shift  in the uptake or avail-
ability of Cd in the chironomids.  Thorp and  Lake  (1974) reported indications
of  potential seasonal differences  in  Cd  toxicity  to  Paratya tasmaniensis
(Decapoda: Atyidae).   Clubb,  Gaufin and Lord  (1975) have reported findings
which  indicate  that  organisms collected and  treated  after November were less
sensitive to Cd toxicity than  organisms collected  and treated prior to Novem-
ber, suggesting that early developmental stages  in insects are more sensitive
to Cd.

     In an attempt to discern if  the higher Cd body burdens observed during
the April  through July period resulted  from:  1)  Cd accumulation over time,
                250
                     Chironomid Pooled Samples
                200
             •o
             o

             3  150
             z
             o
             <  125
             CL
             Z
             UJ
             o  100
             5   75
                 50


                 25
                 15
                  5
                  0
J 1 J
A | S
0 | N
D | J
— • —
F
— •
M
A
M
— •
J
                   1976
       1977
SAMPLING DATE
           Figure  25.   Mean Cd concentrations in pooled samples of
                       chironomids,  expressed on a dry weight  basis,
                                      66

-------
2) shifts in  surface  to volume ratios,  or  3)  increased susceptibility to Cd
of early  instars;  chironomid  population,  biomass  and Cd  accumulation data
were used conjunctively.

     The mean  numbers of  chironomids  (Figure 26)  indicates  that  during the
period April  through  July,  when  Cd body burdens were  highest,  the greatest
number of collectable  organisms  was also present.  When combining the chiro-
nomid mean  numbers data with mean individual dry weight data  (Figure  27)
one finds that not  only are the greatest numbers of organisms present during
April through  July  but  that the  individuals present are  the smallest found
during the entire year.  These results indicate that during the April through
July  period  chironomid populations  are  predominately  comprised  of  early
instar individuals.   Thus,  the potential for increased Cd accumulation over
time  due to extended periods of Cd exposure is eliminated.

     Linear  regressions  using  Cd  concentration  and  mean  individual  dry
weights  were performed in an attempt to discern if the high Cd concentrations
observed during the  April through July period resulted from shifts  in surface
to volume ratios  of  different size individuals or from increased susceptibil-
ity to Cd of  early  instars.  The hypothesis being that Cd is a non-regulated
metal absorbed from solution by  passive diffusion  across  a  gradient created
by adsorption  at the  surface  (Bryan,  1976),  and one would  expect  shifts  in
surface  to  volume ratios  to influence  the  Cd  level found  in  the organism.
           700
         £ 600
         Q.
         E
         o
         
         \ 500
         k.
         o>
         JD
         E
         c 400
           300
         UJ
         O
         oo
           200
           100
                  Chironomidae
\\
\\\
•	•  Control
a	-a  5^g Cd/L
o	o  10 ftg Cd/L
/I \
Nov | Jon
FebJMar
Apr
Jun |Aug|Sep |Oct|Dec
Jan
Mar
Apr
Jun
                   1976
                     1977
                                 SAMPLING  DATE

           Figure 26.  Density of chironomids in plate samplers.
                                      67

-------
Therefore,  smaller individuals  (early  instars) having  a greater surface  to
volume ratio  would be expected  to exhibit  higher  Cd  levels  than  larger  indi-
viduals (later instars) possessing smaller  surface to volume ratios.   Results
of linear regressions between  Cd concentration  and mean  individual dry weight
(a measure  of size)  were not significantly different from  zero, suggesting
size and probably  the external complexation properties of cutical were not  of
primary  importance  in  controlling  Cd  accumulation   in  chironomids.   These
results  tend  to  support  the  finding of  other  researchers  that  Cd  suscepti-
bility  is  apparently  increased in  early  developmental stages  of  aquatic
insect.   Which in  turn  opens  the  door  to  a myriad   of  potential hypotheses
which  need  to be  investigated.  Some  of the potential   hypotheses worthy  of
consideration  in attempting  to explain  our  findings are:
                  Individual  Chironomid
                         10
                        .08

                        .06

                        04

                        02
                .20 r
                        .00 LT
                          Control
                      a	D 5pq Cd/L
                      a	a 10^9 Cd/L

E
h-
X
o
LJ
Q
O
2
O
IT
X
O
z
LJ
5


.18
.16
.14

.12
.10
.08
.06
.04
.02
                  1976
       1977
SAMPLING DATE
                    Figure 27.  Mean chironomid weights.
                                      68

-------
l) Cummins  (1973)  statement  that  earlier instars of  herbivore-detritivore
type  organisms  rely  primarily  on  detrital  feeding.   This  means  that  the
potential of  selective  feeding habits  in various life  stages  of the  same
organism could  play an  extremely  important role  in  controlling  the  concen-
trations of metals  detected.    2)  Bryan's  (1976)  statement that the  perme-
ability of various species is  of considerable importance in determining their
tolerance to metals.   This  statement is already supported  in  the literature
by the  findings of  Renfro et  al.  (1974)  who  found that some species  of cru-
staceans were more  susceptible  to  toxicants shortly after molting than later
in any  particular life stage.   This finding  suggests that  not only should a
researcher consider  the exposure  time  an  organism has had  to  a particular
toxicant but  the  number  of molts  or instars completed and  the  time  elapsed
since the most  recent molt  prior to collection, when  trying to determine the
fate  of metals  in macroinvertebrate populations.  Also  of importance  here is
that  during early stages of development, molting generally occurs more rapid-
ly and therefore may increase  the interval of susceptibility there by  increas-
ing the  Cd  uptake  during this  segment  of development.  3)  Oliver's  (1971)
statement that the period of rapid growth of larval chironomids of univolline
species occurs  during the warm  period of the year.  If  one then assumes that
during periods  of rapid growth  the period  of maximum enzyme activity occurs
and combines this with Brown's  (1976) findings that heavy metals may activate
enzymes or enhance their activity at low concentrations, we have another high
probability mechanism which metals concentration could be controlled on a sea-
sonal or annual basis.  4) Another possible cause for  seasonal fluctuation in
metals  concentrations  of individual  invertebrate  taxa  in  field  studies re-
sults from  the  alterations  in  a population's species composition.  Morrison
and Steele  (1977)  in  their  work with  mollusks found  that  species within a
given  taxonomic  group  but  with  different  environmental  habitats  exhibit
widely  varying Cd  accumulation  rates.    This  means  in  our  case  that  the
changes in Cd  concentrations  may very well be  the result of a species shift
in the  population.   However,  due  to the  size  of  organisms  collected  during
the April  through  July  period it  was  time prohibitive and  impossible  to
conduct species identifications.   Our  chironomid Cd data in conjunction with
the finding of Morrison and Steele (1977) previously mentioned indicates that
if one  is  interested  in investigating  the fate of  a  metal  in  the  natural
situations  it  becomes  very important  to  know not  only who  comprises  the
community but also their habitats and habits.

     Cadmium  concentration  measurements  for  the dragonfly  Pantala  hymenaea
indicate that this organism accumulates Cd during portions of the life cycle.
Cadmium  concentrations  determined  for  each  life  cycle  segment  (adult,
exuvium, nymph, and  estimated  nymph)  for  the two  treatments  utilized are
presented  in   Table  14.   Cadmium  concentrations  in  adult dragonflies  are
proportional to treatment concentrations to which they were exposed,  however
orders of magnitude greater.  Important to note here is  that Cd levels repor-
ted for P.  hymenaea represent incorporated Cd, because of the manner in which
these organisms were  collected  they had no  opportunity for adulthood Cd ex-
posure.  Therefore, the values  shown in Table  (14) for adults could be con-
sidered  as  that segment  of  the Cd  mass  balance  leaving the  system  due to
individual P.  hymenaea emergence.  However, the assumption should not be made
that  similar  values  could  be   extrapolated based  upon  individual weight for
other taxons or species in the  aquatic system.

                                      69

-------
        TABLE  14.  MEAN CD CONCENTRATIONS FOR P. HYMENAEA LIFE CYCLE
                   SEGMENTS BY TREATMENT EXPRESSED ON A DRY WEIGHT
                   BASIS  (X ± 2  SE).
                                    5ppb                     lOppb
Segment
Adults
Exuvia
Nymphs
Estimated
Nymphs
N
4
5
6
4

1
23
17
5

.6
.8
.3
.2

± 0.4
± 10.3
± 8.9
± 2.2
N
15
28
8
15

3
33
19
8

.2
.9
.1
.7

± 0
± 5
± 6
± 1

.7
.3
.3
.1

     Cadmium data based on analysis of final instar exuvia indicate that on a
per gram  dry  weight basis the exuvium of P. hymenaea has a higher Cd content
than  any  other segment  of  the life cycle  analyzed  (Table  14).   However,  Cd
levels accumulated do not appear proportional to treatment.  Results indicate
a trend towards  increasing  Cd concentrations over time along with a decreas-
ing trend  in  exuvium dry weight over time, suggesting that surface sorbtions
may be  the means of Cd  accumulation  by the exuvia as Bryan  (1976)  has pre-
viously  suggested.   However,  linear  regressions  performed between  Cd con-
centration and individual exuvium dry weight were not significantly different
from zero, suggesting that some other mechanism or mechanisms are involved in
affecting  the  accumulation of  Cd by  the  exuvium.   Many  of  these potential
mechanisms have been alluded  to in earlier segments of the macroinvertebrate
discussion.

     Cadmium  data  for  P.  hymenaea  nymphs  is  based  on a  relatively small
sample size of  highly variable Cd determinations.  Results reported in Table
(14)  indicate that  the nymphs do accumulate Cd and that this accumulation is
not proportional to treatment.  However, it should be noted that all nymph Cd
determinations  were accomplished  using whole  organisms  from which  the  gut
contents were not removed.  Therefore, variable amounts of food containing Cd
probably has greatly influenced the variability of these samples.
     Cadmium  data  for  estimated  nymphs  derived by  combining the  pg Cd/ml
sample for adults  and  their  respective exuvium  cast off  at  emergence then
dividing by the  combined dry weight of those  same  samples, suggests that Cd
accumulation is proportional  to treatment  and is considerably different than
levels determined for  actual  nymphs.   The difference observed between actual
and estimated nymphs  may very well represent the percentage of total Cd body
burden attributable to gut  contents  in P.  hymenaea.   However,  further  re-
search is required before any specific conclusions can be drawn.

     While calculating the  total  Cd body burdens for estimated nymph values,
the percentage  contributed  by both  adults and  exuvia  was  also determined
(Table 15).  Results  indicate that there is no  difference  in the percentage

                                     70

-------
TABLE 15.  MEAN % CD  IN EACH LIFE  CYCLE SEGMENT OF ESTIMATED NYMPHS BY
           TREATMENT  (X ±  2 SE)
                                             IQppb
Combined
Segment
Adults
Exuvia
N N N
4 32.3 ± 17.2 15 32.0 ± 6.1 19 32.1 ± 5.8
4 67.7 ± 17.2 15 68.0 ± 6.1 19 67.9 ± 5.8

of the total Cd body burden attributable to adult or exuvium,  with increasing
treatment level.  This  finding suggests that the mechanisms  of  accumulation
and elimination are  constant  and not altered by treatment level  (at least at
chronic levels).  These  data  also bring to our  attention  the ability of the
exuvium  (exoskeleton)  to accumulate  Cd and the potentially  important roles
this structure may play in the toxicity and/or cycling of Cd.

     The ability  of the  exuvium of P. hyroenaea to  accumulate  approximately
68% of  the  total Cd body burden  is similar to literature values  for other
organisms.   Renfro  et al.  (1974)  reported that  45% of the  total  Zn   body
burden of shrimp  was located  in the  exoskeleton while  approximately 61% was
found in the  exoskeleton of crabs.  Renfro et  al.  (1974)  concluded that the
occurrence  and rate of molting in invertebrates could account  for a consider-
able portion  of the  variability of their and  other  researchers  studies and
that exoskeletons are of potential importance in the cycling of metals in the
environment,  either  through their actions  as  a metals sink  or by  adding in
the recycling or availability processes.  Another question to  be proposed and
investigated  in  relation to  the Cd accumulating abilities of the  exuvia P.
hymenaea is:   does  the  exuvium act as  a  mechanism  protecting a species from
Cd toxicity due to its ability to accumulate or absorb the metal?  There is a
significant amount  of literature  on mechanisms in  other  invertebrate forms
which have  the ability  to complex metals and which have been hypothesized as
mechanisms   for transporting and potential  detoxifying  metals.   Bryan (1976)
lists several:   1)  the  ability of blood  proteins to bind Zn in crayfish, 2)
the apparent  storage of  Cu in  fine  granules within the  epidermal  cells of
marine polychaeles,  and  2)  the presence  of wandering  leucocytes  in mollusks
and  their   known importance  in  transporting  and  detoxifying metals.   The
possibility does  exist  that the exoskeleton may be  functioning  in a similar
manner for P. hymenaea.

Population and Community Effects

     Macroinvertebrates  collected from the experimental  channels were tole-
rant  forms,  typical  of  pond  or sluggish waters  (stream  margin  and littoral
zone)  in  the  southeastern United  States.   The  various benthic  sampling
methods utilized  during  the 23 month study collected a total of 53 different
taxa of which only 14 were collected routinely.  Macroinvertebrates consisted
                                      71

-------
primarily  of  numerous  chironomid  species,  mayflies,  Callibaetis  sp.  and
Caenis  sp.,  damselfly,  Ischnura  sp.  and  two  genera  of Ceratopogonidae,
Dasyhelea  sp.  and Bezzia sp. or  Probezzia  sp.   Also present, but less abun-
dant,   were   several   species   of   Anisoptera,    Hemiptera,   Coleoptera,
Trichcoptera,  Lepidoptera and Annelidae.  Appendix II lists all macroinverte-
brates  collected  from the treatments during  the  study  period and the method
of collection.  Macroinvertebrate  colonization continued throughout the study
period  with  the  continual recruitment  of new species.  Sampling emphasis was
placed  on  insect  fauna,  resulting  in the possible omission  of some non-insect
invertebrates.

     Macroinvertebrates  which colonized  the  channels were primarily insects
adapted for invading  newly  created bodies of water by flight.   Benthic in-
vertebrate community development  was allowed to  proceed naturally.  There-
fore,  only a  few organisms  were  collected from  the channels prior  to the
establishment  of  the periphyton community.  Unlike  most woodland or pastoral
streams  where the  dominant  energy  source  results  from  allochtanous inputs
creating  the  development  of  heterotrophic systems, our  artificial channel
system  is highly autotrophic  relying  on  periphyton  and  filimentous  algal
forms  as   the  energy basis  for  the establishment of higher trophic levels.
Because of this  autrophic status  and the  physical  structure (current veloc-
ity, water temp., sand  substrate,  etc.) one would not expect to find a number
of macroinvertebrate forms  whose  physiological  or morphological development
and/or  behavior  has  specialized  them for the roll  of  processing larger or-
ganic  material (leaves, macrophytes, etc.) converting  it into partial sizes
and  textures  required  by  other  components  of  the invertebrate community.
Such  organic  processors  such  as Trichoptera,  Plecoptera and  some of the
Ephemeroptera,  Coleoptera  and  Diptera were  rarely  collected  during  this
study.

     Those organisms  first to establish permanent populations in the channels
were the  midge larvae,  which are  known to  dominate sandy  substrata, folowed
shortly by a limited number  of a variety of other organisms.  The most impor-
tant of these initially rare taxa were:  Pantala hymenaea, with a short life
cycle and  common  to  temporary ponds  (Corbet, 1962);  Hesperocorixa sp., one of
the corixids,  which  as a group  are  acknowledged  to be partially responsible
for  the primary  conversion  of plant  materials  into  animal  food (Usinger,
1971) and  Callibaetis sp.,  a mayfly found  in small temporary woodland ponds
(Burks, 1953).  These initial colonizers were followed sporadically by other
organisms  throughout the study,  of which  the  mayfly  Caenis  sp. ,  damselfly
Ischnura   sp.,  dragonfly  Erythrodiplax  miniscula   and  the  biting  midges
Dasyhelea  sp.  and Bezzia or  Probezzia sp. were the most important.

     Colonization  patterns   observed in the  channels were similar  to  those
observed  in  natural  aquatic systems  (Egglishaw,  1964; Hynes, 1970).  Popula-
tions increased rapidly in late February or early March and peaked in April,
due to  newly  hatched, early instars.  This large population, then, gradually
diminished through the  summer due to predation,  natural  mortality and emer-
gence.   In October there was a slight^increase in population levels resulting
from ovaposition.   However, no  significant alterations in this colonization
pattern could be attributed  to Cd.
                                      72

-------
     The density  of the  entire macroinvertebrate  community (Figure  28)  al-
though a crude method of representing benthic community  responses  (Pennak and
Van Gerpen,  1947), indicated that with the exception of  two  points,  September
1976 and April 1977,  there were no significant  differences among  Cd treat-
ments.   The September  1976  difference resulted from a tremendous  increase in
the Pristina  aequiseta populations  in control channels,  probably due  to an
increase in dead  and decomposing organic material created by the  breaking-up
of filimentous algal mats covering the channels.   The April 1977 difference
resulted from extremely rapid recruitment of new midge larvae in the channels
previously  receiving  5 and  10  |Jg/l  Cd as opposed  to  the slower  recruitment
into control  channels.  This phenomenon may be due to  a number of  phenomena
including:   differences in  density or structure  of other invertebrate  popu-
lations, algal or macrophyte community colonization, or visual preference in
the selection  of  ovapositation  sights as has been  reported for some aquatic
insects.

     Significant  differences in  the  number of  taxa  colonizing  multiplate
samplers attributable  to  Cd treatments  occurred in  only  3 of  14  sampling
periods (Figure 29).   In  all three cases, control channels  had significantly
more taxa colonizing them than  those  receiving either 5 or 10 (Jg/1  Cd.   Al-
though the  number of these significant differences were  few, they  occurred in
                1400 r
                    MACROINVERTEBRATES
                                                    Control
                                                  * 5/tg Cd/L
                                                    IO>igCd/L
                    Nov | Jon|Feb |Mor [Apr
Aug|Sep |Oct|Dec|Jon |Mor |Apr |Jun
                       1976
             1977
                                    SAMPLING DATE

          Figure 28.  Mean number of macroinvertebrates per sampler.
                                      73

-------
SIK o-ssion  during  Cd  inputs,  and -it  a  particularly important  time  in the
foloni/ation pattern,  late  fall  and  winter.   This  period of  the  year  is when
the  henthic  fauna  IB  >//-m-r a 1 J y  most stable  in  both density and diversity.
Also of importance  is that those  individuals  over-wintering  in the system are
responsibJe  for  initiating the  following  springs  recruitment  and coloniza-
tion.  Thus any type of effect which  acts in  an  additive  fashion  with  natural
seasonal affect.s  to  affect  the  size and  composition of the over-wintering
bent hie community  could seriously affect  r.olonixation  and  successional de-
velopment in yea IB to  < orne.   The number of  taxa in  control  channels  (Figure
29) did not  fluctuate  as  sharply as  those  in channels receiving  r> or  10 pg/1
Cd inputs,  indicating  control  channels  were  more stable and did not  respond
•is rapidly  to  changes  in  environmental  conditions  as did channels receiving
Cd.   This phenomena  is probably  the  result of the  control channels maintain-
ing  higher  algal  productivities   and  greater macrophyte colonization during
the  preceding  part of  the year,   thus  building  up  a  greater organic  and nu-
trient bar,/-, as well as diversity of habitat.   This  observation  is supported
by our  a 1^1 and  macrophyte  data and  the works of  Jones  (1940;  1941; and
I'j'ih) who hypothesizes  that insert larvae of  a stream are largely affected by
the  indirect  effects of  heavy metals pollution and  that  the  principal in-
direct effect of such  pollution  is the formation of  unstable physical condi-
tions  due  primarily to  the  elimination  of  algal   and  aquatic  macropnytic
growth.
   12

   10
 L_
~Ct.
 E 8
 o
CO

Is
   4

   2

   0
I    I    I
         a—
         o—
      Control
      5fiq Cd/L
      \0pq Cd/L
                                                  \    11
        -  Q
       Nov Jon  Feb
            Mar
Apr
Jun
                                    AuglSep  Oct I Dec JanJMor  Apr Jun
             1976
                                                   1977
                               SAMPLING  DATE
    figure 29.  Mean number of macroinvertebratc- taxa per sampler with two
               standard error confidence intervals indicated.
                                     74

-------
     Although there  were  no significant differences in organism densities due
to Cd treatments, the abundance  of dominant taxa and shifts in relative com-
munity compositions  revealed interesting  trends.   Between 88 and 100% of the
macroinvertebrate communities colonizing our system was accounted for by four
taxa;  Chironomidae,  Annelida   (Pristina   aequiseta),   Copepoda  (Euryclops
agilis)  and Ephemeroptera (Figures 30,  31  and 32).   The greatest fluctuations
in macroinvertebrate community composition  resulted from shifts in the rela-
tive abundance of dominant taxa,  while  the relative composition of rarer taxa
remained constant.   This  pattern  was reversed in channels receiving Cd, where
rarer taxa  comprised  a  larger segment  of the community.  The  rarer  taxa in
these situations fluctuated  considerably,  while the dominant taxa maintained
more stable population levels  during Cd inputs.  This  trend appears  to have
gome relationship to environmental Cd concentration, with dominant taxa popu-
lations  becoming  more  stable  and rarer taxa populations  exhibiting greater
instability as  Cd  concentration  increases.   Stability  in  the  dominant taxa
group resulted  primarily from  the fact  that as  Cd  treatment  increased,
Chironomid abundance also increased, thus Chironomids comprised more and more
of  the  total invertebrate community.   Our macroinvertebrate  data indicated
that the presence of chronic Cd pollution  at the  5 and 10 pg/1 level is not
shown by  indicator  species  but  by  the  dominance  of  tolerant  species.  Our
findings are supported by Hynes  (1960) who states  that no special fauna are
indicative of heavy metals pollution,  although the surviving species  may be
more abundant.

     Population densities and  percent  community composition of Chironomidae,
Ephemeroptera,  Ceratopogonidae,  Annelida,  and  Copepoda  were affected either
directly or  indirectly  by Cd.   Chironomid population  densities were always
less in control  channels.  However, there were only two points at which this
trend had mean values which  were statistically different  (Figure  26).  This
observation was  primarily due to habitat  availability;  resulting from more
periphyton covered sandy  substrata  and less decomposing organic material de-
position in  channels  receiving  Cd  inputs.  Mean weight data  for individual
chironomids (Figure 27)  indicated that organisms taken from control channels
were generally lighter than  were similar individuals taken from channels re-
ceiving  Cd inputs.   This  trend continued during Cd input and is most probably
due  to  habitats  and  related environmental  conditions.   Oliver  (1971) states
that larvae of many Chironomid species have  the ability to grow and develop
as conditions permit.  Our  research, however,  leaves us with  no explanation
as  to why chironomids collected from  channels receiving  5 and  10  pg/1 Cd
should have achieved a  greater individual body weight.

     Abundance of individual mayfly genera indicated a slight shift in occur-
rence of the genus  Caenis in controls  vs. channels receiving Cd (Figure 33).
Caenis became more prevalent in  the control channels as opposed to treatment
channels during Cd inputs.  It should be noted that even though the trend did
occur during all  sampling periods,  at  no time was there any significant (P <
0.05) differences  observed.   It is believed that this trend  is  again the
result of increased  algal and macrophytic growth in control  channels,

     Ceratopogonidae (biting midges)  became increasingly more  abundant in
channels receiving  5  and  10 Mg/1  Cd  (Figure  34).   Increased  prevalence of
                                     75

-------
   lOOr
   90
    80
    70

Z
O

t=   60

O
0.


8   50
i-
z
Ud
UJ
Q,
    30





    20





    10


     5
         Invertebrate Community  Composition -O^g Cd/ L
I  I Chironomidae

F7"! Annelida
  I Ephemeroptera

  I Others
          Nov Jon Feb|Mof|Apr JunAug SepJQct Dec JonMorApr Jun
             1976
                               1977
                                                               100 r
                                                            Invertebrate Community Composition -  0/^g Cd/L
                                                    O

                                                    H

                                                    V)
                                                             O
                                                             O
                                                             LJ
                                                             O
                                                             a:
                                                             UJ
                                                             a
                                                                95
                                                               90
                                                                87
                                                              •  Zygoptera

                                                              HID Anisoptera

                                                              r~\ Diptera other than Chironomidae

                                                              Wh Hemiptera

                                                              tn Coleoptera

                                                              • Trichoptera
                                                                   Nov| Jon|Feb|Mor|Apr [ Jun [ Aug|Sep|Oct | Dec[Jan [Mar[Apr pun

                                                                       1976                             1977

                                                                                     SAMPLING DATE
                        SAMPLING DATE
         Figure 30.  Percent  community composition of  macroinvertebrate community in  control  channels.

-------
  lOOr
       Invertebrate Community Composition-  5^9  Cd/L
O
8  95
a.
S
o
o
LU
O
cc
LU
a
   90
   87
  f~l Zygoptera

  Hj$ Anisoptera

  Q Diptera other
     than Chironomidoe

  WL Hemiptera

  D Coleoptera

  • Jrichoptera
      Nov
                       Sep OctJDecjJon  Mor|AprlJun]
1976
                                            1977
                         SAMPLING DATE
                                                       iOOr
                                                                 90
                                                             Invertebrate Community Composition-5ug Cd/L
                                                     2
                                                     O
o
cr
UJ
a.
                                                                 80
8   70
QL
5
O
o
                                                                  60
                                                                  50
                                                        40
                                                                  30


                                                                   0
                                Chironomida*

                                Annelida

                                Copepoda

                                Ephemeroptera

                                Others
                                                                            Feb Mar Apr I Jun lAug ISeplOc t  Dec Jan Mar Apr
                                                                        1976
                                                                                       SAMPLING DATE
                                                                                                1977
       Figure 31.   Percent community composition of macroinvertebrate community in  channels

                     receiving 5  yg Cd/1.

-------
 100
  90
  so
O
QL
5
O
<-> 70
       Invertebrate Community Composition- IC>g Cd/L
™
00
O
CK
  60
  50
  40

   O
                                          I  i Chironomidae

                                          Q Annelida

                                          IH Copepodo

                                          Hi Ephemeroptera
     Nov  Jan Feb Mar Apr Jun Aug Sep Oct  Dec Jon Mar Apr  Jun
         1976
                        SAMPLING DATE
                                             1977
                                                                lOOr
8  95
0.
S
O
O

f-
z
LJ
O
a:
LU
a.
                                                                90 -
                                                                87
                                                                       Invertebrate  Community Composition — lO^g Cd/L
f~1  Zygoptera

H3 Anisoptero

Q Dipt era other
    than Chironomidae

Iffifa Hemiptera

O Coleoptera

HI Trichoptera
                                                                   Nov[Jon[Feb Mar Apr Jun AugjSep Oct Dec[Jan_  Mprj Apr|Jun
                                                                      1976
                                                                                      SAMPLING  DATE
                                                                                                           1977
             Figure 32.   Percent  community  composition of macroinvertebrate community in channels

                           receiving  10 yg Cd/1.

-------
Ceratopogonidae  in  treatment  channels  resulted  from the  presence  of  one
genus, Dasyhelea  sj> (Figure  34).   Data taken from bottom sediment  samples in
March 1977 indicated how prevalent these  organisms became in channels  receiv-
ing Cd  inputs.   In control  channels  a  total  of 6 Dasyhelea  were  collected
from  8  random bottom  samples  as  opposed 484  and 661 individuals  collected
from  similar  samples  taken  from  5 and  10 |Jg/l  Cd treatments,  respectively.
The increased  Dasyhelea  densities in  control channels appears directly rela-
ted to  decreased  macrophyte colonization in  channels receiving Cd  inputs,
with  a  corresponding  increased   development  of  an  algal  mat  covering  the
channel bottom.  Thomsen (1933) in Johannsen's  (1969)  book on Aquatic  Diptera
indicates  that  the  blanket algae  of   ponds   is  the  preferred  habitat  of
Dasyhelea sp.
                  Ephemeroptera
               20 r
                10
             Q.
             E
             a
             en
            .a
             E
 0

20


15
            t  10
            z
            UJ
            a
            CO
            z
            <
            o
            tr
            o
0

15


10
                                                   -• Control
                                                   •-* 5/ig Cd/L
                                                   -o I0>ig  Cd/L
   Nov Jon|Feb [Mar  Apr Jun |Aug| Sep Oct Dec] Jon| Mor Apr Jun
   Ca/libaetis and Baetis
                                                        •rv^-TT
   Nov Jon Feb Mar Apr Jun Auq Sep |0ct Dec| Jon Mor Apr|Jun

    Caenis
                   nf.  n*.
                   Nov I Joi
       Jon [ Feb [ Mor I Apr I Jun| AugjSep |Oct|Dec | Jon|Mor |Apr|jun|
                      1976
                                     1977
                                    SAMPLING DATE

               Figure 33.  Density  of  Ephemeroptera per sampler.
                                      79

-------
     Comparisons  made  between  aquatic  macrophyte biomass  and  macroinver-
tebrates  abundance  data,  although  sporadic  and  limited,  indicated that the
presence  of  macrophytes  influenced  both  the  number  and  type of organism
present  in  many cases.   Similar findings have  been observed in natural aqua-
tic  systems by  Egglishaw,  1963 and  by Cole,  1973.  Populations  exhibiting
distinct  relationships  to  macrophyte  colonization in  our system  were:    1)
Dasyhelea s£. ,  whose abundance decreased with  increasing macrophytic coloni-
zation;  2)   Erythrodiplax  miniscula,  who  only began  colonizing  our system
during the  second  season after substantial  macrophyte  colonization had occurr-
ed in the upper  portion of most streams;  3)  Pantala hvmenaea,  whose abundance
gradually declined  during the second  season as  algal and macrophytic coloniza-
tion and  growth expanded  downstream.   Therefore,  any  direct effect on macro-
phyte  and/or  periphyton  colonization  or  growth  attributed to  Cd treatment
indirectly  affected the macroinvertebrate community also.
                 12

                 10
             o.

             I   2
             E
             ^
             c
             CO
             z
             UJ
             0
             CO
             cr
             O
                    Cera topoqonidae
                                                             \f
                       •	• Control
                       &---.a 5/iq Cd/L
                       o	o 10 ftg Cd/L
 / ;
 /  /
/  ;
                                    j.
0
12


10

8

6
4

2
n
•n f«o ff| •»" «*r»- •— 	 4|(3_~^Mjr- -A>
|Nov|Jan |Feb|Mar |Apr|Jun |Aug |Sep]Oct|Oec | Jan JMar
f-
Dasyhelea

.

;^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
-
P
/\
A/^ \
' / \ \
/^ N\ /
' / \ "s.
Aprjjun

f
1
1
I
i
/'
/
//
//
/ /
/ /
t
i
i
I
^n «n *^ *n «oB*^-«^X^X*=^n «c *k'' ~^*
                   |Nov|Jon |Feb|Mof[Apr|Jun|Aug|Sep|Oct [Dec |Jon |Mor |Apr|Jun
                 4 -
                    ««n  »o ^n «T1  T°T-—"— ~—	_-•	. mi . "l| '" . •ir-.-M
                   |Nov|Jan |Feb|Mor|Apr| Jun | Aug| Sep|0ct [Dec | Jan| Mof|Apr| Jun
             Figure 34.  Density of Ceratopogonidae per sampler.
                                       80

-------
Microinvertebrates

     Between 88  and 100% of the  macroinvertebrate  community was  accounted for
by four  taxa;  Chironomids, Annelids  (Pristina  sp.) Copepods and  Ephemerop-
terans  (Figures  35 and  36).   The  greatest  fluctuations  in the  composition of
macroinvertebrate   community  inhabiting the  control  channels   resulted  from
shifts  in the relative  importance  of dominant  taxa,  while  the relative compo-
sition  of the rarer taxa remained  relatively constant.

     Annelids (Pristina sp.)  (Figure  35)  and  Copepods  (Figure  36)  displayed
the most pronounced trends observed  in all the invertebrates enumerated for
this  section  of  the study.   These  observations would most  likely  have  been
overlooked in conventional macroinvertebrate  surveys  or would  only have  been
observed if  additional  macroinvertebrate surveys  were conducted at  the  same
time.   The reason  for  these  groups  being reported in  this section  stems  from
our previously mentioned changes in  sampling techniques  which allowed for the
collection and enumeration of these  two groups.

     Data on the Pristina, annelids  and Copepods  showed  their  abundances  to
decrease noticeably with  increasing Cd treatment.   Pristina populations  in
control channels were greater than  in treatment  channels   (Figure  37).   How-
ever,  in  only 2 of the  14  sample periods  were the differences  significant.
The results of Copepod  data,  where  again,  larger  populations in controls  as
opposed to treatment channels during the period of Cd  inputs (Figure 36).  In
      o>
      ~a.
      E
      o
      tn
        1200
    700
         600
E   500
c

>-   400
\-

~   300
      LU
      O
         200
          100
                Pnst/na  qequiseta
                                       1178.71
                      Control
                      s^g cd/L
                      10/ig Cd/L
             1976
        Figure 35
                                                      1977
                                 SAMPLING DATE
                          Density of P_. aequiseta per sampler
                                     81

-------
9 of 14 sampling periods the controls had significantly larger populations of
Copepods  than  did treatments.   Eight of  these  significantly different samp-
lings occurred  during  the  Cd input period.  Additional  information on these
groups  of organisms  can be  found in  the  microinvertebrate segment  of  the
report.

     The  major  groups affected  by Cd  were  flagellated and  ciliated  proto-
zoans,  testate  amoebae  of  the  genus  Difflugia,  and  ostracod and  copepod
crustaceans  (Table  16).  Significant  F values demonstrate a Cd effect but do
not indicate whether  population  densities were increased or decreased in the
treated systems.  Cadmium  reduced populations of the two crustaceans and the
amoeba Difflugia, the  expected  effect.   However, densities of the flagellate
and ciliate protozoans in the channels receiving Cd were elevated relative to
those in control systems.  In general the densities of microinvertebrates was
               I50r Eu eye lops  aailis
               125 -
            Q.
            E
            o
            O)
            JD
            E
            ^
            c
               100 -
            UJ
            O
            IT
            O
                   NovUan Feb Mar Apr Jun Aug Sep Oct Dec Jon Mar Apr Jun
                      1976
1977
                                 SAMPLING DATE
               Figure 36.  Density of IS.  agilis per sampler.
                                     82

-------
elevated in channels receiving Cd  (Figure  37).   Rotifer densities  were  also
elevated in channels  receiving Cd  in 11  of  12 samples;  however,  within treat-
ment variability was  sufficiently  great  that  only four  statistically signifi-
cant F  values  were  observed.   This is  significant in  that  Buikeraa  et.  al.
(1974)  observed  that rotifers might be a convenient  organism for  bioassay
work.  The lowest Cd concentrations used in their studies,  however, were much
greater than those used in our study.

     It is difficult to  compare  protozoan densities from the sponge samplers
to  other  research work.   No  long  term  studies  of the  effects of metals on
this group  have been  conducted.   In general,  laboratory  studies  have  been
carried  out  with  relatively  high  metal  concentrations and single species
(Gray and Ventilla, 1973; Milles,  1976;  Bergquist, 1976;  Giesy et  al., 1977);
Lansing et al. ,  1977)  or with high metal  concentrations and  simple communi-
ties (Burbanck  and Spoon,  1967;  Ruthren and Cairns, 1973)  exposed for short
time periods.   The apparent stimulatory effect  of  Cd  on ciliate  (especially
Paramecium barsaria)  and  flagellate (especially  Chlamydomonas sp.) protozoans
may be due to release from predation competition.  Eucyclops agilis, the only
copepod observed  in  the   samples,  is  essentially a vegetation  (Fryer, 1957)
        10,000 r
           Microinvertebrotes
                                                       Control
                                                           Cd/L
                                                       10/tgCd/L
                                                 M I A IMIJ  I JI A IS I 0
                   1976
                         1977
                  SAMPLING- DATE
      Figure 37,
Total number of microinvertebrates observed per month
in polyurethane sponger.
                                     83

-------
 TABLE 16.  EFFECT OF CD ON DENSITY OF TAXA IN SPONGE SAMPLERS.
                                                              # of months
                                       # of significant     sufficient data
        Taxa                          F values  (P < 0.05)       available
 Protozoa
    Sarcodina  (excluding Difflugia)            1                    12
       Difflugia sp  (3)                       11                    12

    Flagellata                                 6                    12
    Ciliata  (excluding Paramecium
      burSaria)                               10                    12
       Paramecium bursaria                     9                    12

 Platyhelminth.es
    Turbellaria                                4                    11

 Aschelminthes
    Rotifera                                   4                    12
    Nematoda                                   1                    12
    Annelida                                   1                     7
 Arthropoda
    Crustacea
       Branchiopoda  (Alonopsis
          elongata)                            2                    12
       Ostracoda                               8                    12
       Copepoda  (Eucyclops  agilis)            10                    12

    Insecta
       Diptera (Chironomidae)                  1                     8
and its increased densities in the control channels may have been responsible
for  the  reductions  in  Chlamydomonas populations  in these control channels,
but E. agilis  is too small to feed  on P. barsaria and rotifers.  That Cd has
a  direct  stimulatory  effect, perhaps  by controlling parasitic  bacteria or
fungi, cannot be discounted.

     Macroinvertebrate community diversity and evenness were calculated using
five different  indices:   Simpson's  Index (Bowman et ,a_l. ,  1971), (Figure 38);
evenness  of Simpson's  Index  (Bowman et  al. ,  1971)  (Figure  39);  Shannon's
Index  (H)   calculated  using  log-  (Figure  40);  Evenness  of  Shannon's Index
(H/log   (N-SPP)  (Figure  41);  Macintosh's Index  (Pielou,  1969) (Figure 42);
Evenness  of Macintosh's  Index  (Pielou,  1969)  (Figure 43);  Probability of
Interspecific Encounter (Hurlbert, 1971)  (Figure 44), Evenness  of Probability
of Interspecific Encounter  (Hurlbert, 1971)  (Figure 45); and Renzi's General-

                                      84

-------
ized Entropy  Series,  first  with a =  1  then as a  = 2 (Hill,  1973)  (Figures
46-49).   The  objective  of this  exercise was not  to compare the  accuracy of
these indices in distinguishing  the potentially subtle effects of chronic Cd
exposure,  but instead to  determine which of  these indices might  best illus-
trate any  subtle effects which might occur.  The basis by which diversity and
evenness  were calculated  are:   1) as  individual  samples,  the  means  of which
are plotted  by  treatment and  sampling period in  portion  A of  Figures 38-46
and 48;  2) by summation,  here each sample  is added to a running  sum and di-
versity and evenness is  calculated on the sum, portion B of Figures  38-46 and
51 represent values calculated on the composite total of all samples collec-
ted for  each treatment  and  sample period.  The reason for calculating diver-
sity and  evenness on  both basis was to see if sample size affected  our abil-
ity to distinguish  chronic effects.

     Immediately after cadmium input  was started there was a decrease in di-
versity in those channels, while the diversity in central channels increased,
due to continued colonization  (Figures 38-49).
          x
          UJ
          Q
          CO
          z
          o
          co
          0.
          CO
                        I  I   I   I   I   I   I   I   I   I   I   I
                NovI Jon |Feb| Mor [Apr | Jun| Aug| Sep|Oct|Dec | Jon|Mar | Apr |Jun
                  B.
                                Control
                                5^qCd/L
                                10/ig Cd/L
             1.0 r
             0.5
            0.0
                Nov|Jon |Feb|Mor|Apr|Juri[Aug|Sep |Oct|Dec |Jon| Mor|Apr| Jun|
                   1976                            1977
                                  SAMPLING DATE
        Figure  38.
Simpson's diversity index.  A, means  calculated
across sampler by sampling period with two stand-
ard error confidence intervals indicated.   B,
calculated by summation.
                                      85

-------
     Statistically  significant (P <  0.05)  differences in diversity and even-
ness occurred in 5  of  14  sampling periods.   These differences occurred during
April  through June,  the  spring  and early  summer emergence  and  recruitment
period,  and again  in  October  through January,  the  fall  and winter minimum
population  period.   In all  five  cases the  control channels had significantly
higher diversity  and evenness  values than  did channels receiving either 5 or
10 |Jg/l  Cd.  There appeared  to be no significant differences in the 5 and 10
pg/1 treatments.   Our results  indicate  that significant differences occurred
only during the period of  Cd input  and not  during the three months prior to
or the two months  after  Cd was  input.  Therefore, it appears that  5  and 10
(Jg/1 Cd  does affect the  invertebrate community  sufficiently to  affect both
diversity  and  evenness   calculations.   It  should also  be pointed  that  re-
gardless of the method or  index  employed the  results  were similar with only
the magnitude of the values calculated being affected.

     Diversity  and  evenness indicate that  channels receiving 5 and 10 pg/1 Cd
may  be somewhat  less  stable than  control  channels as did  the abundance  and
community  composition data hypothesis of  Jones  (1940,  1941,  1958)  that  in-
sects  are  probably indirectly  affected  by  chronic levels  of  metals exposure
                  I   I   I   I   I  i   I  I   I   I  I   1  I   I
£ °5
o
z

« 00
z
o
CO
a.
5
CO
u.
o
CO
CO
LJ
g '-°
Nov
Jon
Feb
          Mor
                               Apr Jun Auq SepJQct [Dec |jon Mor Apr Jun|
                    B
                    	• Control
                    	* 5/iQ, Cd/L
                    	c iQ/tg Cd/L
            LU
              05
              0.0
                 Nov | Jon |Feb|Mor [Apr | Jun |Aug[ Sep|Oct|Dec | JonJMar [Apr] Jun
   1976
                                                    1977
                                  SAMPLING DATE
        Figure  39.   Eveness of Simpson's diversity index.  A, means
                     calculated across sampler by sampling period with
                     two standard error confidence intervals indi-
                     cated.   B, calculated by summation.
                                      86

-------
and it is the effect on the surrounding environment  which harms them the most
(direct effects in  algae  and macrophytes  etc.).   In our  study,  what we have
observed is not necessarily the effects of 5  and  10  |Jg/l Cd on existing algal
and macrophyte  communities,  but instead  the  retarding  of  their  successional
development.  Thus  the  5  and 10 pg/1  Cd  channels were  maintained at earlier
successional stages  than  controls, and for  this  reason, probably were some-
what more unstable.

     Peak diversity  occurs  approximately 30  days later  in channels receiving
Cd than  in  those  receiving no  Cd  regardless of  calculation methods employed
(Figures 40-51).   This is  apparently the  result of  delayed  development of
individuals, with a  concomitant delay in  hatching and  thus  community struc-
ture changes.
                   In     i
                I.Or
                     —•  Control
                     —•*  5/tg Cd/L
                         10/tg Cd/L
                   Nov | Jon |Feb|Mor| Apr Jun AugSep|Oct Dec Jon | Mor|Apr|Jun
                   Nov|Jon [Feb|Mar]Apr
Oct Dec Jan
                0.0
                      1976
                                    SAMPLING DATE
       1977
          Figure 40.   Shannon's diversity index A/ means calculated
                      across sampler by sampling period with  two
                      standard error confidence intervals indicated.
                      B,  calculated by summation.
                                      87

-------
Molluscs

     Due to the  large  amount of literature available on trace metal  accumula-
tion  by molluscs   (Bertine  and  Goldberg,  1972;  Wier  and  Watter,  1976  and
Pringle et al.,  1968)  and their increasing use as biomonitors of heavy metals
pollution, both  gastropods and pelecypods were used in our study.

     Two  gastropods  were  proposed   for  study;  the  pulmonate,  Helisoma
trivolvus and the prosobranch  Campeloma lima.  Through  the  use of  these  two
distinctly  different  physiological  forms  it was  believed  that additional
information regarding  uptake and biological effects of Cd on gastropods  under
natural, but  controlled conditions could be obtained.

     Helisoma  trivolvus was  selected for our  initial work because  its natural
habitat.is similar  to  the littoral habitat created in our experimental system
and  they were  easily collected  in large  numbers  on  the  SRP.   Also   if  H.
trivolvus could  be  successfully  transplanted into our  system with  good sur-
vival,  sufficient  data would  be  acquired to enhance  our chances of success
X
ui
0
z

V)
z
o
           I
           in
               l.O
              0.5
              0.0
                 .111   I
                                     I   i  I   I   I
                 [Nov]jan |Feb[Mar [Apr | Jun[Aug| Sep|0ct |Dec| Jon|Mar |Apr|Jun
                  B.
                                        Control
                                   	a s  cd/L
                                            Cd/L
           LU
           z
           LU
              1.0
              0.5
              0.0
                 Nov|Jan |Feb|Mar |Apr|jun |Aug| SeplOct |Dec| JonlMar |Aprl Jun I
                    1976                           1977
                                 SAMPLING DATE
          Figure 41.
           Evenness of Shannon's diversity  index.   A,
           means calculated across sampler  by  sampling
           period with two standard error confidence
           intervals indicated.  B, calculated by  sum-
           mation .
                                       88

-------
with C.  lima.   Camploma  lima  being a prosobranch  snail, is a  gill breather
which as  a  group  are  more  limited to  flowing or  at  least well  oxygenated
waters   than are  the  pulmonates  such  as  H.  trivolvus.   Therefore,   if  H.
trivolvus would  not survive  our system successfully  then  the  chances of C
lima success were slim.

     Six hundred  H. trivolvus  were collected  by hand from Par Pond  on the
SRP, acclimated  for two  to  four weeks, and  100 were  transplanted  into each
channel.  Transplanted organisms were marked with a  dot  of  fingernail polish
to distinguish them from offspring produced  during  the study.   Initially, H.
trivolvus appeared  to  adapt  well  to  our  experimental system.   However, two
weeks  after their   introduction,   mass  mortalities  began  occurring  in all
channels, prior to  Cd  input.   This phenomena continued after Cd input began
without  alteration  and by  the  end of  three months  no H.  trivolvus  or even
relic shells could be found in any  of  the experimental  channels.  As a result
of our  experiences  with  H.  trivolvus  it was  decided  not  to  attempt  to trans-
plant C. lima.
          X
          LU
          If)
          X
          
-------
     The two pelecypods used in the study were Anodonta imbecilus  (papershell
clam)  and  Corbicula fluminea (Asian  clam).   Anodonta imbecilus was selected
because  it is  common in  the  softwater ponds  and reservoirs  of  the south-
eastern United  States and because it  could  be collected readily.  Corbicula
fluminea was  chosen because it is an ubiquitous nuisance species throughout
the United  States  and is  reported to be tolerant of environmental stresses,
allowing  colonization  to  occur  nearly  anywhere  adults  and/or  larvae can
migrate.   All clams  were  collected   by  hand and  acclimated  for two to four
weeks prior to being  transplanted into the channels.  Thirty  two A. imbecilus
of various sizes and  150 C. fluminea  each of  two  size classes  (1.7 cm and 2.6
cm  shell  length)  were  placed  into  the tail  region of  each channel.   All
organisms were  placed directly into  compartmentalized areas  of  channel  sedi-
ment where they were  allowed to move  freely.

     Anodonta  imbecilus  adapted well to our experimental situation, moving
freely  and  filtering regularly.   However, they  did not  survive due to  heavy
crayfish predation.   The  crayfish,  Procamberus  acutus  acutus, which we had
introduced  into the  channels,  were   observed crushing  the paper  thin  outer
         x
         V)
         o
          o
          o
             1.0
             05
         x
         LJ
         Q
         ?   0.0
                 I   I   I   I   I   i   I   1   I   I   1   1   I   I
Nov
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
Jun
Aug
Sep
Oct
Dec
Jan
Mar
Aprjjun
a -- o
Control
5/iqCd/L
    Cd/L
                 B.
u.
o
en 1.0
LU
z
UJ
a °-5

-

r\~* ^"^Dl
JF^\
-fr
t
             0.0
Nov
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
Jun
Aug
Sep
Oct
Dec
Jan
Mar[Apr
Jun
                   1976
                                  SAMPLING DATE
1977
       Figure  43.  Evenness  of  Macintosh's diversity index.   A,
                   calculated across  sampler by sampling period with
                   two  standard errors  confidence intervals  indica-
                   ted.   B,  calculated  by summation.
                                     90

-------
o
u_
O °'° |Nov| Jon|Feb|Mor [Apr|Jun |AuglSep |0ct [ Dec| Jon|Mor | Apr | Jun|
                                W^*^2
                                       ^/
a.
CO
a:
LJ
       B.

      •	• Control
      tt	& 5^g Cd/L
      o	a iQ/ig Cd/L
g  i.o
m
<
m
£E
a
  0.5
   0.0
      Nov|jon]Feb|Mor|Apr|Jun |Aug|Sep|Oct|Dec [ Jon|Mor |Apr| Jun j
         1976                            1977
                       SAMPLING DATE
Figure  44.
Probability of  interspecific encoun-
ter  diversity index.  A,  calculated
across  sampler  by sampling period
with two standard errors  confidence
intervals indicated.  B,  calculated
by summation.
                                                               x
                                                               LJ
                                                               O
                                                               z
                                                               3
                                                               O
                                                               Q.
                                                               V)
                                                               cr
                                                                  1.0
                                                                    rl   I  I   I   I  I   I  I   I   I  I   I   I  I
                                                                  0.0
                                                                     Nov|Jon |Feb |Mor \ Apr] Jun |Aug |Sep|Oct [Dec |jon |Mor [Apr |jun |
                                                               u.
                                                               o
                                                               m
                                                               <
                                                               CO
                                                               o
                                                               a:
                                                               Q.
                                                                      B.
                                                                 I Or
                                                                                                 •	• Control
                                                                                                 a	-A 5Mg Cd/L
                                                                                                 a	o \0fiq Cd/L
                                                               to
                                                               CO
                                                               LJ
                                                                 0.5
                                                               >  0.0

                                                                     Nov|Jon |Feb |Mor [Apr [Jun |Aug| Sep|0c11 Dec | Jon|Mor |Apr |Jun|
                                                                        1976                            1977
                                                                                     SAMPLING DATE
                                                                 Figure 45.
                                                                              Evenness  of probability of  inter-
                                                                              specific  encounter diversity index,
                                                                              A, calculated across sampler by
                                                                              sampling  period with two standard
                                                                              errors  confidence  intervals indi-
                                                                              cated.  B,  calculated by summation,

-------
margins of  the clam's shell,  damaging  the  mantle flap and detaching portions
of  the  mantle  from the shell.  Once damaged,  A. imbecilus died  rapidly and
were eaten by  the crayfish.

     Corbicula  fluminea reacted  somewhat  differently  than did A imbecilus.
They were  unaffected by the  crayfish,  but  never adapted to the system.   They
continued to show high mortality both before and after Cd exposure.

     The abnormally high mortality of  H.  trivolvus and  C.  fluminea observed
during our  study was attributed to  water quality.  Water  quality of our ex-
perimental system was initially thought to  be adequate to sustain  small  popu-
lations of  locally occurring  molluscus  species.  As a result of the abnormal
mortality  rates observed  early  during  the Cd study,  however,  a  detailed
review of  all  water chemistry parameters was conducted.  From the results of
                      A.
               en
               UJ
               E
               u
               CO
               o
               CT
II
                 3.0
               Q
               U
               M
                 2.0
               ui
               Z
               UJ
                  '-5
                  1.0
                 0.5
                 0.0
 Control
 5^g Cd/L
 10/ig Cd/L
                     Nov| Jon |Feb|Mor | Apr|jun |Aug |Sep |0ct [Dec |Jon |Mar|Apr| Jun|
                        1976
                                    SAMPLING DATE
                            1977
            Figure 46.   Renyi's  generalized Entropy series (a = 1)
                         calculated across sampler by sampling period,
                         with  two standard errors confidence intervals
                         indicated.
                                      92

-------
this  review and  concurrent testing of  all  water quality parameters,  it  was
determined  that  calcium  levels in  our  system were  not being maintained at
levels  previously believed  to exist.   Wetzel  1974,  states that  calcium  has
been  implicated  in  numerous ways  in  the growth and population  dynamics of
freshwater  flora and fauna.  Wilbur  and Yonge (1964) indicate that  the most
important chemical variable in  determining the  occurrance and  distribution of
molluscus in  the environment  is  calcium.   Although  we could find no  infor-
mation  about exact levels  at which calcium determines the presence or absence
of molluscs,   we  could relate  such measures as  hardness and alkalinity  (as
relative measures of  total calcium)  in our system to  reported  levels  which
have  appeared to limit molluscus  distribution.  Mean hardness,  calcium,  and
alkalinity  values for  our  system  were  29.0 mg/1,  10.8 mg.l, 9.9 mg.l,  re-
spectively.    Harman  (1969)  has  reported only a  few  molluscs  surviving at
levels  around  21 ppm.  While Harman (1970)  and Pennak (1953)  have both indi-
cated  that  a  total  alkalinity of 15  mgl  appears to  be  essential  for  the
welfare of molluscan populations.  Therefore,  the results  of  other research-
ers  suggests  that our  water  quality  is  inappropriate to  conduct  studies
involving molluscs  (with  the  possible  exception of  some of  the  Anodontinae
which are known  to  be softer  water  species).   Even with the occurrence of
abnormally  high  mortality and the  potential for  water quality  effects,  C.
C  3.5

o

co  3.0
LU
o:
LU
w  2.5
        o.
        o
        OL
        LU

        O
        LU
        N
           2.0
    1.5
        cc.  1.0
        LU
        LU
        CO

           0.5
           o.o
                B.
                                      //\
                      -H

^y
 v ^



\
v
\
\


' \
\ 1 \
\ / \
\ \
\ /' \
. \ (
^\ I
\ r -\ '
V\
K /
l^-J




§
^ f
\\ /
\\ /
\\ /o
\Y ^
V"
-Jr
         •	•  Control
         A—^  5 Mg cd/L
         D	o  lO/igCd/L
                  y////////M//m^^^
       Novj Jon [Feb Mar Apr Jun |Aug Sep
                  1976
                                  SAMPLING  DATE
                                             1977
     Figure 47.  Renyi's generalized entropy series  (a=l) calculated by
                 summation.
                                      93

-------
fluminea populations displayed  effects  attributed to Cd exposure in both size
classes utilized.   The tendency  for  mortalities in treated and control orga-
nisms to  diverge at approximately  13 days  after Cd inputs began, resulted in
significantly  higher  mortality  levels  for  treated organisms  than  controls
(Figures 50  and 51).  Median survival  times for large-size-class treated and
control organisms  were  20.8 and  29.2  days, respectfully.  While  small size
class organisms possessed  median survival  times of  17.5 and  27.5  days for
treated  and  control  organisms.   Therefore,  results  indicate  that  smaller
organisms  were more susceptible  to Cd and  that Cd is probably  acting as an
additive  stressor  in  this  case,  causing  treated  organisms  to  die  approxi-
mately  10  days before controls.   Data  also indicate that the total number of
deaths occurring in  either  size class is not significantly affected by treat-
ment.

     A  significant difference  in mortality  rates of small size class orga-
nisms at different treatment  levels  did occur during a 10 day interval begin-
ning three  days after Cd inputs  started  (Figure  50).   Results indicate that
during  this  interval higher mortalities occurred in 5  pg/1  treated  organism
than in the  0 fJg/1  or 10  (JgA  treated organisms.   This observation may well
              Cd
                                                  ,   / V
                                                  \   /   ,***
                          Control
                          5/iq Cd/L
                              Cd/L
                   Nov| JonjFeb |Mor|Apr | Jun |Aug|Sep|Oct [ Dec |Jon|Mor [Apr | Jun
                00
                      1976
                                  SAMPLING DATE
1977
           Figure 48-   Renyi's generalized entropy series (a = z)
                       calculated across sampler by sampling period,
                       with two standard error confidence intervals
                       indicated.
                                      94

-------
be explained  by avoidance  mechanism utilized by  pelecypods where  they  just
close up,  stop filtration processes and essentially go  into  anaerobic metabo-
lism maintaining only minimal  bodily functions.  This  condition  may be main-
tained until  sensory receptors  detect that  the perturbation  has passed  or
until metabolic  waste  products  reach a potentially  hazardous level  and the
organism  has  to  start   filtering  again  in  order  to  eliminate  waste.   The
result  of this  behavior  is  increased  toxicant  exposure  at  lower  ambient
toxicant  levels.    Harrison (personal  communication)  has  observed  similar
results in low level metals toxicity work using  pelecypods.

     The unexpected mortality of molluscs in  our system severely  affected our
efforts to collect  Cd  accumulation data.   Therefore,  no  analyses  are avail-
able  for  H.  trivolvus  or A.  imbecilus  Cd uptake  and  only limited  data are
available  for C.  fluminea  transplanted  in  the study  (Table 17).   Results
indicate  C. fluminea,  like other mollusks, concentrate Cd.  The  levels accu-
mulated appear  to  be in the same ratio as  exposure levels;  however, they are
orders of magnitude greater.   Another point  of  interest   is that although Cd
concentrations accumulated  in 10 |Jg/l treated organisms are  nearly double the
levels found  in 5  |Jg/l  treated  organisms,  the additional Cd  body burden did
not significantly increase mortality.
       CVJ
       CO
       UJ
       CT
       UJ
       CO
       a.
       O
       cr
       UJ
       Q
       UJ
       M
or
UJ
2
UJ

CO

z
UJ
or
           3.0 r
2.5
2.0
1.5
           1.0
          0.5
          0.0
                  B.
•	• Control
a	•* 5/tg  Cd/L
o	o I0/*g Cd/L
                                                            D—
               Nov  Jon Feb Mar
                                       ///////////////////M
                                       Cd On''
                                       'W//////////////A
                     Apr Jun  AugSep  Oct
                                           n[Mor |Apr] Jun
                   1976
                                  SAMPLING  DATE
                                             1977
      Figure 49.   Renyi's generalized entropy series  (a=z)  calculated by
                  summation.
                                      95

-------
   150



   140



   130



   120



   110



   100
co
2

52   90
     o
     tr   80
     O
     Z   70

     Q
     UL
     O   60
     UJ

     Q
                      Estimated population decline
                      resulting from sampling

             Corbicula fluminea Mortality

                Large Size Class
                      Control

                   CH 5 8 10/ig Cd/L
U)   50



    40



    30



   20



    10
                           05   1.0    2.5     6.0   13.0 24.0 38.0

                              TIME (days)


Figure  50.   Mortality of large C.  fluminea as a function of

              time.
                                    96

-------
    en
                       Estimated population decline
                      resulting from sampling


            Corbicula fluminea Mortality

                  Small Size Class
^ Control
IH 5/xg Cd/L

CD IC>g Cd/L
   150


   140


   130


   120


   I 10



w  I0°


1  90

S

<  80
UJ
o
u.  70
O

H  60


I  50


   40


   30


   20


    10
                          0.5   1.0    2.5     6.0  13.0 24.0 38.0

                             TIME (days)

Figure 51.  Mortality of  small £.  fluminea as  a function of
             time.
                                97

-------
TABLE 17.  MEAN CD CONCENTRATION IN C. FLUMINEA WHOLE TISSUE EXPRESSED ON
           A DRY WEIGHT BASIS



Treatment
Background
0 ppb
5 ppb
10 ppb


Treatment
Background
0 ppb
5 ppb
10 ppb
Large Size Class (Shell Length 2.6 cm)
A/16/76
M8 Cd/g
2.29
3.60
43.76
62.36
Small Size Class (Shell Length 1.7 cm)
4/16/76
Mg Cd/g
3.83
6.06
36.10
77.02

5/20/76
Mg Cd/g
	
5.24
	
62.88

5/20/76
Mg Cd/g
	
8.37
54.31
123.66
                                     98

-------
                                  SECTION X

                                    FISH


INTRODUCTION

     It has  been determined that the occurrence of "itai itai" disease in Ja-
pan is correlated with fish which are able to concentrate Cd in their tissues
(Piscator,  1974; Perry et  al,  1976).  Therefore, there  is  a  decided need to
assess the effects of  Cd  on fish populations since Cd in fish tissue can re-
sult in increased exposure  to  human.  Measurements of acute toxicity in fish
have documented species dependent  toxic thresholds varying from less than 10
ug/1 to greater  than  55  M8/P (Kumada et  a_l,  1973),  from very low water con-
centrations   (Cearly  and  Coleman,   1974;  Eisler et  al,  1972;  Fowler,  1975;
Kneip and  Lauer, 1973).

     Most  previous  studies of  Cd  toxicity  to  and uptake by  fish have been
conducted  in  short-term  laboratory systems, or  based on  completely uncon-
trolled field sampling.  Neither  of these two types  of  information alone is
useful in constructing predictive  models of the environmental behavior of Cd
or understanding of mechanisms  of Cd accumulation.   The microcosm system used
here was  a  unique opportunity  to  observe  accummulation of  Cd by fish from
continuous low water  concentrations in a relatively natural complex habitat.
The mechanisms  of Cd  accumulation by  fish  must be  understood before valid
models  of  Cd  flux  through  fish  populations  or  biotic communities  can be
formulated and  elemental  cycling patterns predicted  (Hardisty e_t al. , 1974;
Miettinen,  1975).  Fish  can potentially accumulate metals from both ingested
food items and  directly  from water.  Kinkade and Erdman (1975) reported that
aquatic organisms  accumulated  Cd  faster  from  soft  than hard  water.   This
indicates  that,  in  soft waters  such  as those  of  the  southeastern United
States, Cd  may  be  rapidly  transported  into  biotic  components  of aquatic
communities.   Two studies  were  conducted.  One was to determine the relative
importance of food and water as vectors  of  Cd uptake to the mosquitofish, a
species ubiquitous in southeastern aquatic  systems  and  a  potentially impor-
tant compartment  in  aquatic and terrestrial food  webs.   The  other  study was
performed  with  bluegill  and mosquitofish to  determine  long  term  Cd uptake
rates.

     The two species used were the  common bluegill (Lepomis machrochirus) and
the mosquitofish (Gambusia affinis).  The bluegill is a carnivorous, warm wa-
ter  species,  commonly found in lakes,  ponds  and streams  having a moderate
amount of  vegetation, is frequently used as a bioassay organism and  is a much
sought  after  human food  source.   The  mosquitofish,  common in many  southern
lentic  aquatic  situations  is  a livebearer  and  a surface  feeder  (primarily
mosquito larvae).

                                      99

-------
METHODS AND MATERIALS

     Mosquitofish, (Gambusia affinis), were seined from Asphalt Pond, located
on the SRP.  Two hundred fish were randomly placed in each channel by 1 March
1976.  During  the  first month fish were in the channels, there was high mor-
tality, therefore  dead  fish were replaced until 18 March 1976, when Cd input
was  initiated.   The  pectoral fins of these fish were clipped into the ray so
that they could be identified as  initial fish, as opposed to fish born in the
channels.   From April  through September  1976,  four live  mosquitofish were
sampled monthly from each stream  by dip net.  The channels were checked daily
and  dead  fish  collected.   Both  dead and live sampled  fish  were wet weighed
and  frozen in plastic bags  for future Cd analysis.

     Bluegills  (Lepomis  macrochirus), were trapped from Rischer Pond located
on the SRP.  On  19 and 20 January 1976, 50 bluegills were placed in each head
pool and tail pool.  Dead bluegills were replaced until 18 March 1976 when Cd
input was  initiated.   On 4 March 1976 all bluegills were removed by electro-
fishing and  replaced with 20 fish from  Rischer  Pond 9 March, 1976. In addi-
tion,  10  bluegills trapped  from  Par Pond,  located on  the  SRP were added to
each  tail  pool.   Beginning 20 April and lasting  through September,  1976, a
single bluegill was sampled  from each pool  monthly.   Both  live sampled and
fish found dead were frozen in plastic bags for Cd analysis.

     To  determine  the  relative   importance of  Cd  in food  and water,  a more
controlled  study was conducted.   Mosquitofish were  maintained  in cages and
fed  either  Cd  contaminated food  or  clean  food.   Fish were acclimated for 72
hr  in  aquaria  and separated by  sex.  Forty  fish  were randomly placed into
each of  four 30 x 51 x  11.5 cm (water depth)  1/32 inch (0.08 cm) mesh stain-
less steel  wire cages  at a  female-male  ratio of 4:1 resulting in a total of
160  experimental  organisms.   Fish were acclimated  in  flowing well water for
168  hr.   Cages  were  suspended in PVC-lined  concrete troughs receiving well
water at a rate of 94.6 A/min resulting in a  water velocity of 1.3 cm/s.  Two
cages were  suspended in flowing  well water while two cages were suspended in
flowing well water  containing  10 pg  Cd/2.   The  Cd  concentration was main-
tained by  continuously  metering  in stock CdCl~ with daily calibrated persis-
talic pumps. Stainless  steel screens were used to decrease cage volume after
each sampling  to maintain constant fish to  cage  volume ratio throughout the
experiment.  Fish were fed ajd libitum twice daily.  Cages were cleaned daily,
30 minutes after feeding to remove excess food, feces and detritus.

     Food consisted of Wardley's  Basic Food Flakes  (Wardley Products Co., Se-
caucus, New  Jersey).   Food flakes were blended  to a fine powder and divided
into two portions.   One portion  was  spiked  with  CdCl^, dried and reblended.
The  resulting powder had the same consistency as the unspiked food.  Unspiked
and  spiked  food had nominal Cd concentrations  of  0.115 and  1.13 |Jg Cd/g dry
weight, respectively.   One-tenth gram  of spiked  food  was placed  in  1 £ of
well water  and  allowed  to stand  for  5  minutes to determine the amount of Cd
lost before  it  was consumed.  Food was then  centrifuged from solution, using
a  Sorvall  SS-1   centrifuge  equipped  with  a  KBS  continuous  flow  system
(Sorvall, Norwalk,  Connecticut).   The  recovered residue  was dried, weighed
analyzed for Cd.
                                      100

-------
    The  experimental design  was  a 2 (food) by  2 (water) by 4  (time)  three
way fully crossed design.  Five  fish were  removed from each cage after 2, 4,
6 and  8 weeks  for Cd  analysis.  Nominal  Cd  concentrations in the water were <
0.02 and  10 pg Cd/SL;  while  those  in food were 0.1 and 1.0 pg Cd/g dry weight.
Data  analyses  were  conducted with  an IBM  360  model  195 computer  using the
Statistical  Analysis  System  (Service,  1972).    Factorial  effect means  were
computed  directly (Cochran  and Cox,  1971).   Significance of  factorial  main
effects  was  tested   using  2-way  analysis  of variance (ANOVA)  within  time.

    Comparisons  of  effect means  within sampling were made  using T-tests in
the absence  of significant  interaction  terms  (week 2,  4,  and 6) and are pre-
sented with  95%  confidence  intervals.   Comparisons of simple effect means in
the presence  of  a significant  interaction  term were made using Tukey's hon-
estly  significant difference test  and 95%  confidence intervals  for  each sim-
ple effect mean are  reported (Kirk,  1968).

    Fish were freeze-dried, weighed  and wet ashed in fired porcelain cruci-
bles using 2-4 ml redistilled HNO-,  depending on  sample weight.   Samples were
heated to 70   C  on  a hot plate until NO   evolution was negligible.  Samples
were  cooled,   1 m£H20  added  and to  70°  C until  all NO.  evolution ceased.
Fish food was  digested in a similar manner.

    The  samples  were allowed  to  cool to room temperature,  diluted to 25 ml
with  denionized HOH  and  stored in washed polyethylene bottles.   Fish samples
were analyzed, using a Perkin-Elmer model 306 atomic absorption spectrophoto-
meter  equipped with  an HGA-2100  flameless atomizer and  deuterium  continuum
background  corrector.  Standard  additions  were performed and no significant
matrix interferences were found.   (See Appendix I).

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

    Sampling   fish  was difficult because  bluegills  escaped from  the  pools
into  the  channels.   Also,  additional fish  added  to compensate did not retain
marks  well and could not  be identified from those that had been present for
longer periods of time.   Also,  birds often ate or partly destroyed  bluegills
which  died  in  the channels.

    The  mean  Cd concentration  in  mosquitofish   collected  from Asphalt pond
was 0.45  +  0.16 |Jg  Cd/g,  dry weight (n =  6,  +  2 SE).  The mean  initial Cd
concentrations in bluegills  was  0.39 + 0.19 |Jg  Cd/g,  dry weight (n  =  10, 2
SE),  which is  similar to  that reported  for southeastern bluegills  (Giesy and
Wiener,  1977).   Wet weight  to dry weight  ratios  for  mosquitofish  and blue-
gills  were 0.31  and  0.28 respectively.   Mosquitofish  rapidly  accumulated Cd
from both the  5  and 10 (Jg Cd/£  treatments  (Fig. 54).  Fish exposed to 10 |jg
Cd/£ exhibited a  significantly higher rate  of accumulation.

    This result  is  similar to  that observed  by Merlini et  al. ,  (1973) for
Lepomis  gibbosus.   The  Cd  concentration in G.  affinis  tissue  did  not reach
equilibrium  in either Cd  treatment during the 6 month exposure.   Mortality of
bluegill  maintained  in  Cd  treated  channels was  high  and the  bluegill popu-
lation became  extinct at  one time, so accumulation results are  not presented
for this  species.


                                      101

-------
     Although  the mosquitofish  had  not  reached  an  equilibrium  value  after  180
days of  exposure,  they did  exhibit a  leveling  off trend  (Fig.  52).  For this
reason,  uptake rates lor this  population  were  calculated  using the  first  130
day:; of  exposure.  The  rate  of  Cd accumulation  by  G.  affinis on the  first  130
days  of  exposure  can he described by  linear  regression  models  (Table 18).
TABLE  18.   LINEAR  MODELS  OF  THE  FORM  y  =  mx  +  b  of  Cd  UPTAKE  BY  G.  AFFINIS
Slope  (m)
                         Wt
                                          Cd  Exposure

                                           5  Hg/L
 0.14
               Concentration

                  10 pg/L
 0.23
SD of m
 0.01
 0.02
 Intercept  (pg  Cd/g  dry  wt)
 1.01
 1.02
                                              0.93
                     0.95
N
27.
19.
The  results  of this analysis  indicate  that the rate  of  accumulation of fish
exposed  to 10 pg  Cd/Jfc  was approximately twice  that  of  fish exposed  to  5  (Jg
Cd/H.  There  was  less  lag  in  Cd  accumulation  in fish exposed  to 10 pg/£ than
those exposed  to 5
     The  fact that  organisms achieve  different  equilibrium Cd body  burdens
may be  due to several mechanisms.   A  possible  mechanism is  a  constant elimi-
nation  rate  (KQ)  and  donor  controlled uptake rate  (JJ (equations 7  and  8)
                           KQ
                                                       (7)
Uptake rate can be described  by  equation

where:    ^  = J - KQ                                  (8)

Q  - steady state Cd concentration
                                      102

-------
T  = time
K  = constant
Steady state concentrations (Q  j can be calculated  using  equation (Q
                              ss
     Cadmium accumulation by G. af finis residing  in  the  channels  receiving Cd
were fitted  to the  Von Bertalanfly model  (using the Gauss-Newton  it.rratiw
least squares Jjechniqua-p (Barr  et  aj. . ,  ,1378),) with derivatives of  t.hf  form
^2i= 1  -  (e "  J and ^  =   (C )(T)(e    ).  The predicted  equilibrium con-
centrations (Q ) are  35.7  and 61. 0 (jg Cd/g  dry wt  for  fish  exposed  to 5 and
10 pg Cd/£  respectively (Table 19).  The estimated  uptake  constants  for fi.sh
exposed to  5  and 10 (jg Cd/A  are  0.0058  and 0.0054,  respectively.   Uptake of
Cd by fish  exposed  to 5 and  10  pg  Cd/£ fit quite  well  by the Von  Bertanfly
model (Table 19).
     A 3-way ANOVA  was used as  the  preliminary test of  signif U-.-jrir «• of food
and water sources  of Cd in the  cage study but  the power  of  the  U-st war; much
reduced due to  the  large differences  in variances between treatments.   Since
the primary aspect  of this study was  the main  factorial  effects  and interac-
tions independent of time,  differences in Cd  body burdens  were  tested using
                     Cd Accumulation by 6. af finis
                             30
             60     90       130
            DAYS OF EXPOSURE
180
        Figure  £2.
Cadmium accumulation by mosquitofish  (G.  affinis)
n and 2 SE are indicated.
                                      103

-------
TABLE 19.  NON LINEAR LEAST SQUARES FIX OF CD ACCUMULATION BY G. AFFINIS.
           DATA FIT TO Q = Q  (1 - e ~K1) USING THE GAUSS-NEWTON ITERATIVE
           TECHNIQUE.       °
Source
                       df
                                  5 Mg Cd/L

                                       Sum of Squares
Parameter
                    Estimate
                                              Asymptotic
                                            Standard Error
Mean Square

Regression
Residual
Uncorrected total
2
33
35
9775.19
526.20
2708.59
4887.59
15.94

K
35.78
0.0058
10.89
0.0027
Source
                       df
Parameter
   K
                    Estimate


                     61.00

                      0.0054
                                 10 Mg Cd/A

                                       Sum of Squares
                                              Asymptotic
                                            Standard Error

                                                36.43

                                                 0.005
Mean Square

Regression
Residual
Uncorrected total
2
23
25
17216.53
1965.13
19181.66
8608.26
85.44

p < 0.001
                                     104

-------
2-way ANOVAS  within  sampling period.   While making  the  statistical tests
within sampling time  more  powerful  and facilitating the reporting of the re-
sults of  the  analysis,  the  ability to  compute rigorous  statistical tests
across time was lost.   Treatment effects on fish dry weight were tested using
the 3-way ANOVA since the  variances were more similar  and the factorial ef-
fects were independent.  For  ease of reference,  mean Cd  concentrations with
95% confidence intervals are  reported for each treatment combination at each
sampling (Table 21) even  though these values can be calculated from the fac-
torial main effect means (Tables 20 and 22).

     There was  no significant  increase  in Cd  levels  in  fish maintained in
water containing less  than 0.02 (Jg/£ Cd regardless of food ration (Tables 20,
21 and 22).  Fish maintained in water containing 10 pg Cd/£ had significantly
higher Cd  concentrations than those maintained in low Cd water after 2, 4, 6
and 8  wk  (Tables  20  and  22).   Cadmium concentrations due  to waterborne Cd
plateaued between  week  4  and  6 before sharply increasing between week 6 and
8.

     Water was a  highly significant source of Cd  to mosquitofish throughout
the  experiment (Tables 20,  21 and  22)  indicating  Cd  is taken  up  directly
through the gills  (Kumada  et  al. ,  1973).  Hiyama  and Makoto  (1964) reported
that the gills had the highest Cd concentration of any organ and suggested Cd
transport across gill  membranes as an uptake mechanism.   Mummichog also accu-
mulate Cd  directly from seawater under continuous flow conditions (Eisler ejL
al., 1972).
TABLE 20.   FACTORIAL MAIN EFFECTS OF CD LEVELS IN FOOD AND WATER ON WHOLE
           BODY CONCENTRATIONS OF CD IN MOSQUITOFISH WITH 95% CONFIDENCE
           INTERVAL AND F-TEST (P),  n = 5.
                                             Main Effects
                                               Cd/g dry wt)
Week General Mean
(M)
2 8.85
4 13.97
6 16.07
Water
(W)
+15.1
(*)
+25.5
(j-a-\
„„)
+24.5
(**)
Food
(F)
+2.00
(NS)
-1.36
(NS)
-2.4
(NS)
Water Food
(WF)
+1.46
(NS)
-1.08
(NS)
-2.4
(NS)
95%
CI
+ 11.6
+ 7.5
+ 10.2

 *p < 0.01
**p < 0.001
                                     105

-------
TABLE 21.  MEAN  CD  CONCENTRATION  IN MOSQUITOFISH UNDER FOUR TREATMENT COMBI-
           NATIONS  OVER TIME,  C.I. =  95%, N = 5.
      Week
Water
                Response
               (MS Cd/g)*

                  Food
        8
  L

  H

  L

  H

  L

  H

  L

  H
 1.60 + 1.48

14.67 + 2.33

 1.48 + 0.64

28.10 + 10.6

 3.86 + 2.58

30.72 + 14.16

 0.41 + 0.12

46.88 + 12.57
      H

 1.07 + 0.68

18.14 + 17.07

 0.93 + 0.17

25.38 + 2.85

 3.82 + 3.14

25.88 + 2.86

 0.61 + 0.22

71.49 + 16.49
 *dry weight
     There  was  no significant  difference between  Cd concentrations in fish
fed high  Cd level food and those  fed low Cd food  at either  the high or low
water Cd concentration through week 6  (Tables 20 and  21).  When 0.5 g of spi-
ked fish  food  was soaked in  1  S. water,  0.42 g was recovered.  The recovered
food  had  a Cd  concentration  of  0.95 pg/g  dry  wt,  or  84% of the added Cd.
Feeding was generally complete in 5  min  so  fish were exposed to a consider-
able  amount of  Cd via the food pathway.  Food was  a  significant source of Cd
only  after 8 weeks  where the only  significant  interaction  between food and
water sources  occurred (Table 22).   The  significant  interaction between food
and water  Cd  sources is  indicative  of non-additivity between these two fac-
tors.  Consumption  of Cd spiked food did not increase whole  body Cd concen-
trations  in  fish maintained in  low  Cd water.  The positive  interaction term
indicates  that  more  Cd  was  accumulated than  could  be  explained  by either
factor acting alone,  which may have been  due  to physiological  changes induced
by the previously accumulated Cd.  This  significant  interaction may indicate
two uptake mechanisms which  are  integrated.   Food  may  become  an  important
uptake vector  only after a threshold  body  burden is  reached causing a de-
                                      106

-------
TABLE 22.  SIMPLE EFFECTS AND INTERACTION TERM FOR WEEK 8 WHICH INCLUDES A
           SIGNIFICANT INTERACTION BETWEEN FOOD AND WATER WITH 95% CONFIDENCE
           INTERVAL AND F-TEST (P), n = 5.
         Simple Main Effects
95% CI
F-test (P)
Food at low water
Food at high water
Water at low food
Water at high food
Food x water interaction
0.196
24.6
46.5
70.9
12.2
21.0 NS
21.0 *
21.0 ***
21.0 ***
*
  *p > 0.05
***p > 0.0001
crease  in  the  fishes  ability  to restrict  Cd  influx via  gastro-intestinal
assimilation.

     There  were  no significant differences in Cd concentration due to size or
sex in  exposed  or  unexposed  fish.  The mean  live  weights  and dry weights of
test fish  did  not change  during the  course of the experiment and  were not
affected  by any  of the  treatment combinations.

     Fassett (1975)  suggests  that  an  organism will accumulate Cd as long as
there  is   a  continuous  supply  and therefore  will  not reach  equilibrium.
Investigations concerning organisms  attaining equilibrium concentrations vary
depending on the  type of  system  and  organism.   In a  static  system, Kinkade
and Erdman  (1975)  showed  catfish and  guppies to reach equilibrium in 7 days,
perhaps due to  Cd depletion.   In a flowthrough system, Cearley  and Colemen
(1974)  found that  bluegills and bass reached equilibrium in 2 months, whereas
rainbow trout,  when exposed to  1.0  pg  Cd/£ attained equilibrium  in 10-20
weeks (Kumada  et  al,  1973).   After three months exposure  to 10 |Jg Cd/Jd, mo-
squitofish  had  approximately  6 times  more Cd in their tissues than did rain-
bow trout exposed  to  10  pg Cd/8,  for  10  weeks (Kumada et al., 1973).  Hiyama
and Makoto  (1964)  found  fish  came  to  equilibrium  with Cd  in  solution in 15
days but  did not indicate whether this was under static or  continuous condi-
tions.  Sullivan et al.,  (1978) reported that fathead minnows came to equili-
brium  with Cd  in both  laboratory  and  field  experiments  within  20 days.
Miettinen (1975)  found that     Cd administered in  the  diet of rainbow trout
(Salmo  gairdneri)  was  rapidly  eliminated with only  1% of  the administered
dose remaining  in  the body  after  42 days.   Cadmium accumulation  by white
catfish is  greatest in the gastrointestinal  tract with little Cd accumulated
                                     107

-------
in skin and gills (Rowe and Massaro, 1974).  Hardisty e_t al. ,  (1974) reported
that Cd  in the  tissues of marine  fishes is related to the  number of crus-
taceans  in  the diet,  indicating  food  as an important pathway  of  Cd uptake.
When dace were  fed  Cd contaminated  food the  amount  of Cd  accumulated  was
increased  over water  exposure concentrations  alone  (Kumada  et al.,  1973).
Fishes eliminate  Cd  through the kidneys, and fish removed from Cd containing
water  are able to  reduce their  body  burdens of Cd by  excretion  (Kumada et
al. ,  1973).    Cadmium  accumulation has  been linked with  renal hypertension
(Schroeder, 1974).   The rapid increase  in Cd  accumulation  after an apparent
equilibrium  in this  study may be  due  to  renal  failure with a  subsequent
inability to  excrete Cd.   Another mechanism which may be responsible for the
rapid  increase in uptake  after 6 weeks  accumulation  is  induction of metal-
bothionein, a  metal  binding protein which prevents Cd  binding to  sulfhydryl
containing  enzymes  (Fassett,   1974).   Small  doses  of  Cd are  able to induce
protection  against  subsequent massive  doses  (Fassett,  1974). Cearley  and
Coleman  (1974) suggested  a mechanism  of elimination which is triggered after
threshold concentrations  are  reached in  excretory tissues such  as  kidney.  In
contrast, Eisler  (1972) suggested that Cd does  not accumulate in fish because
it is  actively excreted.

     The  relative importance  of water and food as  sources of  Cd  to fish may
be dependent on many factors  such as food quality, relative Cd  concentrations
in  food  and water,  form  of Cd  in water  and  species of fish.  This  experiment
was  conducted under strictly controlled conditions  to minimize variability.
For  the  species  studied,  direct uptake from  water  is  the  more  important
vector of  accumulation.   Future  investigations should  involve  effects of
physical-chemical water  parameters   and  use  physiologically  labeled   food
sources  such  as  prey items.   Comparisons of uptake of several  essential and
nonessential  elements  by a  number of  aquatic organisms are  needed before
comprehensive  models of  cycling  and  fluxing  processes  can  be described and
predictive models constructed.

     Water  quality  is  important  in  determining  the  availability  of  Cd to
biota  (Giesy  et  al. , 1977).   Wiener and Giesy (1978)  found fish  residing in
soft waters, such as those used in this  study  and common to many areas of the
eastern  United States,  have  higher concentration ratios for Cd then fish re-
siding in harder waters.   Since our  research indicated  that  water was the
primary source of Cd to G. affinis, concentration factors  (equation 9) are an
appropriate method  of  comparing relative  availability between  aquatic situa-
tions  (Jinks and  Eisenbud, 1972).
                               C
                               —
                               C               (9)
                                w
where:
     C  = Cd concentration in the fish, |Jg/g dry weight,
     C  = Cd concentration in the water, M8/P-
     C,, = concentration factor.
      r
                                      108

-------
     For these comparisons of  relative  availability to be valid, the assump-
tion of  equilibrium  conditions  must be  met.   While  this condition  is not
strictly met  after  180 days of  Cd exposure, Cd concentrations  in  the orga-
nisms seemed  to be  approaching  an  equilibrium.   The  concentration factors
after 180 days exposure were  4.9  and 3.8 for the 5  and 10 |Jg Cd/£ treatments,
respectively.   From  our data  it  is not clear whether  the final equilibrium
concentrations in  fish exposed  to 5 and  10 |Jg Cd/J2 would be significantly
different.  There is  no significant difference between the Cd concentration of
fish exposed  to 5 or 10 (Jg Cd/£  after 180 days,  but this is due to the great
variability of  these  data.   Hamelink  (1976)  reports  that  the variability
about the mean  accumulation  increases with time due to the inherant property
of a population of  animals expressing their individuality.   Also  the uptake
and elimination processes  involved tend to  produce  log-normal distributions
of non-essential elements  in aquatic organisms,  causing an over estimate of
population variability when represented as  a mean and  standard  error (Giesy
and Wiener,  1977).   If in fact  the  final  equilibrium  Cd concentrations of
fish populations exposed to  similar Cd  concentrations under different condi-
tions are  similar,   concentration  factors  will  not  be useful  in  assessing
relative availabilities between various  systems.

     Total metal concentrations may be  the same  and under different environ-
mental  conditions exhibit  different availabilities  because of differences in
the actual concentrations  of  available metal.  However,  this was not the case
in the  system studied here where  Cd was  present in  the same form in the chan-
nels receiving both  5 and  10  |jg Cd/£.  Thus to  assess relative availabilities
of metals from different environments, the total  concentrations in each envi-
ronment  must  be  equal.   Comparisons of concentration factors  calculated for
fish studied in the  channels  to literature values would therefore be inappro-
priate.

     Although this  study was  not  designed  as a  toxicity bioassay and complete
recovery of dead organisms was  not assured, some information on chronic toxi-
city in a  complex  situation  of exposure via both food and direct exposure in
the  water  was gleaned.   Mortality may be  due to  both direct  toxicity and
secondary effects of Cd exposure  to other components  of  the  system.   There
was little difference between mortality in control  channels and those receiv-
ing 5 (Jg Cd/JH for  either bluegill or mosquitofish,  however, mortality in the
channel  receiving  10 (Jg Cd/£  was  approximately twice that of the  other two
treatments (Table 23).

     The bluegills  initially placed  in the channels were  all dead within a
few weeks  when exposed to Cd.  These  animals had  been exposed to multiple
stressors.  The fish  had been  starved  to maintain a small size  and were
transported to  the  channels  on a warm day.  The second attempted stocking of
bluegills captured  in  Par  Pond on the SRP also exhibited high mortality when
exposed  to  Cd in  the channels.  Necropsies  of dead fish  revealed these ani-
mals were  highly parasitized  with metacercaris of Diplostoimilum scheuringi
(Trematoda).  When  unparasitized,  unstarved fish were collected from Rischer
Pond, the initial mortality was much less.  While this is not  a  rigorous test
of these effects,  it does indicate that a number of environmental and physio-
logical  parameters  are important in determining Cd toxicity.
                                     109

-------
TABLE 23.  BLUEGILL AND MOSQUITOFISH MORTALITY  BETWEEN MARCH AND JUNE  1976.
         Treatment                   Bluegill                Mosquitofish
             0                          17                       21

             5                          29                       23

             10                          53                       55
     Ball  (1967)  found  acute  mortality of rainbow trout  at  10 (Jg Cd/£.  He
also, however,  found  96-hr LCLQ values  of 1.0 pg Cd/£ for steelhead strout.
Giesy et  aJL. ,  (1977)  found LC1~ of Cd to  mosquitofish in  the well water used
in  the  artificial  streams  to be  0.9 and 2.2 at  30  and  28  C  respectively.
When  comparing literature  concerning  metals, toxicity  in fish,  it  must be
noted that Cd  toxicity  in fish  will vary  depending on  water hardness, pH,
alkalinity,  temperature, dissolved oxygen and species  (Giesy et al,  1977).
                                      110

-------
                                 SECTION XI

                             LEAF DECOMPOSITION

INTRODUCTION

     Prior to human perturbation, most streams  and rivers  were densely cover-
ed with  vegetation.   Shielding  from  direct sunlight  and  the structure  of
stream channels  fostered the development of  a heterotrophic  based  system.  The
dominant   energy source  of  small woodland  streams  is  allochthanous  input
(Petersen and Cummins,  1974).  Only  a small portion  of the  energy contained
in leaf  material  is  directly available to aquatic  animals  (Barlocher  and
Kendrick, 1974).  The  animal  and microbial  components of the  streams  commu-
nity  have evolved  to  process  these inputs,  with the animal  community relying
on micro-organisms  to degrade recalcitrant  plant substances  such  as  lignin
and  cellulose.   The  microbial  proteins,   fats  and  carbohydrates  are  then
readily  available  to  animals which  feed   on  them  (Hargrave,  1970).   Many
stream dwelling invertebrates prefer  to  eat  partly decomposed,  or  condi-
tioned, rather  than freshly fallen leaves  (Kaushik and Hynes, 1971; Cummins,
1974)  and  may feed on  the  leaves to acquire highly  nutritious fungal cells
(Barlocher  and  Kendrick,  1973).  Because  of  the  importance  of  fungi  and
bacteria   as  intermediaries  in  leaf  litter  processing,  their  inhibition  in
streams  would  mean a drastic  change  in community structure  and  decreased
secondary productivity.  While the toxic and inhibitory properties of heavy
metals to aquatic  microbes  have  been  studied,  little  is  known  about  the
effects of low  levels of these toxicants on the colonization and  leaf litter
decomposition by microbial communities.

     This study was part of  a  program designed  to  determine the biological
effects of low levels  of Cd (drinking water standards and  below).   Since leaf
litter processing  is  important  in lotic aquatic systems,  this function was
chosen as a  critical  function to be protected  to maintain ecosystem integri-
ty.

METHODS AND MATERIALS

     Cadmium effects  on the heterotrophic community  were studied using leaf
litter decomposition  packs.   Fresh leaf matrriil was  placed  in 0.3 cm mesh,
15.2   cm  square  stainless  steel  envelopes (Fig.  53-54). These  envelopes were
tied   at  the  top and  sides  such  that 1.0 cm openings  remained  on each side.
Leaf  material was  placed into each envelope in  the order given in Table 24.
Two  each of Type  I and Type II  (Table 24) envelopes were  suspended 10 cm
above the bottom in each of the  tail pools.
                                     Ill

-------
                                                         macroin-
                                                         at 85° C
     Leaf material was incubated in the tail pools for 28 wk between 28 April
and  22  November  1976.   Leaf material was  removed and  examined for
vertebrates.  Total  dry  weight biomass was determined  after  drying
for  96  hr.   Multiple undried samples of  each leaf type  were fixed  in 2%
Glutaraldehyde-0.1  M  cacodylate  buffer.   Leaf samples  were  dehydrated by
serially  washing  15~ min in  70%,  85%, 95%  and 100% (twice)  ethyl alcohol.
Dehydrated  material  was   critical  point dried  and mounted  on aluminum stubs
and  gold  coated for scanning  electron microscopy.  Each species was examined
for  fungal and bacterial  colonization  and permanent records made.
-» -  ••»^.
     m
• '

               •S
      Figure 53.  Leaf litter pack, Type I
                         112

-------
     Leaf material  was  wet
   rophytes  (this report).
ashed  using  the  methods  reported  for  aquatic
     The experimental design was  a  randomized nested design with  two treat-
ments  (5 and  10 |Jg/l Cd) and a  control.   There were two  replicates  of  each
treatment channel with  two  replicates  of each leaf pack type in each channel
resulting in  four replicates of  each leaf pack  type  per  treatment.   Results
were analyzed by standard Analysis of Variance Techniques  and significance of
differences   between  means   tested,   using  Tukeys'-w  procedure  (Steel   and
Torrie, 1960).


                  Figure 54.  Leaf litter pack, Type II.
                                     113

-------
 	TABLE 24.  INITIAL LEAF MATERIAL IN LEAF LITTER PACKS.


 Species                                                Wet Weight Added
                                                        To Each Envelope
                                                             (g)


                                    TYPE  I

 Pinus taeda L.                                              5.0

 Sassafras albidum  (Nutt.) Nees.                             3.0

 Quercus nigra L.                                            3.0

 Quercus laurifolia Michx.                                   2.0

 Prunus americana Marsh.                                     2.0

 Acer  rubrum L.                                              2.0

                                                   TOTAL    17.0

                                    TYPE  II

 Acer  rubrum L.                                              3.0

 Quercus nigra L.                                            3.0

 Prunus americana Marsh.                                     2.0

                                                   TOTAL     8.0
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

      Exposure to both 5 and 10 pg/1 Cd significantly reduced leaf decomposi-
tion of Type I and II leaf packs (Table 25).  There was no significant differ-
ence in leaf decomposition between Cd-treated channels for either litter pack
type.  The ratio between initial live weights and final dry weights of Type I
and II leaf packs were 7.4 and 7.3, respectively.

     Visual inspection of leaf material removed  from the leaf packs, after 28
wk incubation  revealed  that leaves in 5 and 10  (Jg/1 Cd had deteriorated much
less than  those  in control water.  Leaf material  in control packs was brown
in color and many of the leaves had only veins and petioles remaining. Leaves
in the Cd  treatments were green and completely  intact.  Microscopic examina-
tion revealed the intact structure of leaf  surfaces, including leaf hairs and
stomates.   Within  the  controls,  the order of  resistance  to decomposition,

-------
from  least  to  greatest,  was:   S.  albidum,  P.  americanum,  A.  rubrum,  Q.
laurifolia,  Q.  nigra and  P.  taeda.  Although overall  decomposition  was re-
duced by the presence of Cd, S.  albidum and P. americana were the most succep-
tible to decomposition,  in the presence of Cd.

         TABLE 25.  EFFECT OF CD ON FINAL BIOMASS OF LEAF MATERIAL IN
                    LEAF LITTER PACKS EXPOSED FOR 28 WK.  (X + 2 SD.)
      Treatment
          Dry Weight
             (8)
      CONTROL

      5 |Jg/L Cd

     10 MgA Cd
Type I

2.3 + 0.18

4.0 + 0.06i

4.0 + 0.73'
Type II

1.1 + 0.08

1.7 + 0.191

1.7 + O.ll1
 a,b
    not significantly different from one another,
    n = 4, a = 0.05.
     Few macroinvertebrates  were  found in  the leaf  packs.   Two species  of
Odonata, Erythrodiplax minuscula Rambur and  Ishnura sp.,  on species  of snail,
Limnea  sp.  and  one species  of flatworm  were  recovered from the leaf packs
suspended  in  control  channels.   The  only  macroinvertebrate recovered  from
leaf packs incubated in treatment  channels were flatworms.

     Both 5 and  10  |jg/l  Cd inhibited microbial colonization of leaf surfaces
(Figs. 55-58).        Examination  of leaf surfaces,  using  scanning electron
nucroscop^  (.SEMJ revealed  the  surfaces of leaves which had been suspended in
treatment  channels  were  almost devoid of microbial  colonization,  while the
surfaces of leaves  from  control channels  were well colonized.   There were no
apparent differences  in  colonization of the upper and lower leaf surfaces or
position along the axes of pine needles.

     Relatively little Cd  was  accumulated by  leaf material  suspended in the
channels (Table 26).  Uptake by leaf material was directly proportional to Cd
concentration in the water.

     When assessing the  impact of a toxicant on an ecosystem, effects on the
most  susceptible component of  that system should  be  determined.   While par-
ticular components may not be of primary economic or aesthetic interest, they
may  be directly  related  to the  overall desirability or productivity  of  a
stable ecosystem.  Such is the case of the aquatic microflora responsible for
leaf  litter decomposition  in streams.
                                      115

-------
     Many microorganisms are adapted to high Cd concentrations (Chopra, 1971;
Doyle e_t al. ,  1975).   A variety of  fungi  and  bacteria have been shown to be
tolerant to  high concentrations of  heavy  metals,  relative  to concentrations
which are  toxic to  other organisms (Asworth and  Amin,  1964;  Ashida,  1965).
Cadmium presumably  acts  by inhibiting oxygen uptake.  Sulfhydryl bonds,  such
as  those  in cysteine protect  cells  from Cd toxicity  by  binding  Cd  and  pre-
venting  it  from  affecting  enzyme  systems  (Tynelka  and   Zylinska,  1974).
Cadmium does  not affect Escherichia coli  metabolism  of    C- glucose until a
Cd  concentration of 6 mg/1 is  reached  (Zwarun,  1973) and  10  (Jg/1  Cd  had no
effect  on  the  viability  of  a  natural  population of  heterotrophic  bacteria
(Albright  et a_l. ,  1972).  Thormann (1975)  found  that  the  most  sensitive
estuarine  bacteria were  inhibited  by  100 ppm  Cd while the  less  sensitive
species  were able  to  grow  in  400 mg/1  Cd.    Heavy metal  resistant acti-
nomycetes and bacteria have been isolated  from soil near  a zinc smelter which
were  capable of at  least 50%  of  normal  growth at  700 pm  Zn  (Jordan  and
Lechevaler,  1975).
     Figure.  55.
Electron photomicrograph  of the effect of Cd on micro-
bial colonization of P. taeda.  A. Control.
                                      116

-------
     Leaf surfaces are  rapidly  colonized  by fungi and bacteria under natural
conditions  (Iversen,  1973).   Beech  leaves,  for instance, lost 90%  of  their
weight during  one year  (Iversen,  1973).   The results of our  study  indicate
that low  Cd  concentrations  can  inhibit the functioning of decomposing micro-
organisms.   Heavy metals  such  as  copper, zinc  and  cadmium  inhibit  fungal
spore germination (Ruhling and Tyler, 1973).   Metals from a  smelter have been
found to  disrupt microbial processes  in   terrestrial  ecosystems  and depress
leaf litter  decomposition (Auerbach e_t al. ,  1976), while metals  such  as  Cd
may affect  the  fungi  colonizing the phylloplane of leaf surfaces  (Gingell  et
al., 1976).

     Natural microbial  communities  are more  complex  than the  pure  cultures
often used  to  assess  toxic  effects  of  metals  in laboratory  studies (Albright
et al.,  1972).   Assessment  of toxic and inhibiting effects  of  low levels  of
heavy metals  should  be  conducted  in more  complex  situations  than pure cul-
tures,  and  substrates.   Ramamoorthy and  Kushner  (1975)  suggested that many
synthetic media may complex heavy metals which may result in  an underestimate
of metal  toxicity or  inhibition  which may occur under  natural  conditions.
     Figure 56.
Electron photomicrograph of the effect of Cd on micro-
bial colonization of P_. taeda.   B. 10 ug Cd/1.
                                     117

-------
          TABLE 26.  CADMIUM CONCENTRATION IN LEAF LITTER MATERIAL
                     EXPOSED FOR 28 WK.   (X + 2 SD).
Treatment
                    Type I
           Cd Concentration
           (pg/g dry weight)
                               Type II
Control
5 pg/L Cd
10 pg/L Cd
2.8
O . J
18.4
t
t
t
0
2
4
.04
.2
.5
i .
12.
23.
9
2
}
1
*
t
o
I
/
.01
.4
.8

      Figure  57.
Electron photomicrograph of microbial colonization of
 -  nigra.  A. Control.
                                    118

-------
Batch pure culture  bioassays  do  not represent the complex  colonization  pro-
cedure which  may be  the  critical   stage  in  microbial decomposition  of  leaf
material  under  natural  conditions.  Bioassays,  to determine  toxic  or  inhi-
bitory effects of compounds on processes as complex as microbial  colonization
and decomposition of  leaf  material must be conducted  under  conditions  which
account for the complete colonization process,  species interactions and  be of
sufficient duration to allow for  an organismal  adaptation to occur.
      Figure 58.   Electron photomicrograph of microbial colonization of
                   fi- nigra.  B. 5 yg Cd/1.
                                    119

-------
                                 SECTION XII

                              SYSTEM RESPONSES

INTRODUCTION

     Even a comprehensive knowledge of the biology of individual species does
not provide enough information to accurately predict the complex interactions
of  communities.   Maki  and  Johnson (1977a;  1977b)  suggested  the  ratio  of
primary  production  to  respiration  (P:R)  as a  sensitive  measure  of environ-
mental stress.  Parameters which reflect structural and functional attributes
of entire integrated systems are required.  Some organisms may be more sensi-
tive than  others  and some more important  to  overall  system functioning than
others.  There are  often functionally analogous species  which  may be inter-
changed  with little  effect on overall  system functioning.  Thus,  rational
assessment  of impacts of potential environmental  perturbations must be made
in  the context of what  effects  they  will have on the  entire  community,  and
not what effect they will have on individual taxa.

     The  information presented to  this  point  has been largely static, des-
cribing  the  condition of state variables  of  community  and population struc-
ture at  various   times  throughout  the study.   This  section will  report  the
effect of  Cd on  the dynamic  ecosystem  functioning  measured by  autotrophic
production,  system  metabolism  and system  export.   The  last two  parameters
serve as integrators of the  system's overall response to Cd and therefore may
be  most  suitable in application of  data from this  study to  other aquatic
systems.    An important  property  of  natural  flowing   water  systems  is  the
export of  organic material to downstream systems  (Odum, 1957a).  Also of im-
portance is the retention and movement of a toxin in dissolved or particulate
forms  to downstream  communities.   Therefore,  an effort was  made  to quantify
the particulate organic matter and associated  Cd  leaving the  streams in the
effluent water.   Systems  level measures  may prove to  be more  efficient  and
economical  for assessing gross pollutional effects on  aquatic communities as
functioning natural units.

METHODS AND MATERIALS

     Measurements of  total  community  primary production and respiration were
made on  30 June   1976, 28  July 1976,  23  September 1976,  20  October 1976,  24
November  1976,  9 February  1977,  with  a   24-hour  upstream-downstream oxygen
diurnal analysis  (Odum,  1956).   Water samples  were removed  from  the streams
by siphon at two hour intervals and dissolved oxygen content determined using
a YSI Model 54 dissolved oxygen meter calibrated using  the azide modification
of the Winkler method (APHA, 1975).
                                     120

-------
     In  the  spring  of  1977  a semi-automatic  method of  collecting  diurnal
oxygen diurnal data  was  put into service.  This  system  utilized 12 solenoid
valves (one at the  head  and one at the tail of each channel),  two YSI oxygen
probes and meters,  two timer boxes, and  a  chart  recorder with another timer
attached.  At  each  end  all  six gravity-fed  lines passed  through  solenoid
valves into a single common line feeding the water over the end of the probe.
Dissolved oxygen was monitored  for ten minutes each  hour.   Signals  from the
corresponding meters were  fed  into a timer that switched input to the recor-
der  at   five  minute intervals.   In this manner,  five minute  recordings  of
dissolved oxygen concentrations at  each location were recorded for each hour
during day  and night.    Probes  were calibrated several times  during  each  24
hour period.

     The 0_  concentration  for  the  head  station  was  subtracted  from the  0~
concentration in the same  water mass at the tail station to determine oxygen
changes.   These  values were corrected  for diffusion  by  calculating  percent
saturation and using equation (10).


          D = kS               (10)

     where:                         .
          D = diffusion rate, gO_/m /hr   ?
          k = diffusion coefficient (gO-/m /hr at 100% saturation)
          S = saturation  deficit
A positive diffusion  value  indicates 0  diffusion into  the  water and there-
fore changes in  oxygen  concentration are corrected by subtracting D(gO~/m ).
Values  of K  between 0.04  and 0.8  were  measured in  the streams  using  the
floating  dome  method  of Copeland  and Duffer  (1968)  modified by  McKellar
(1970).   In no  case  did diffusion correction alter  the  metabolism values by
more than 10% of their uncorrected values.

     Corrected rate of change data was plotted and areas integrated by count-
ing squares.   Nighttime respiration values were averaged and 24 hour respira-
tion  (R2A^  was  assumed  to  equal  the average nighttime  hourly  rate times 24
hours.  Gross photosynthesis  (PG)  was the area above this average R line and
net photosynthesis  (PNet)  equals  P- - R0/ .   P/R ratios  were  calculated as
P /P                                G    24
PG/R24'

     Exported organic material and associated Cd were quantified from October
1976  until  August  1977.  All  effluent  water  from  each  channel  was  passed
through a four  inch  ABS plastic pipe into a "T" intersection which contained
a motor  driven  stainless steel mixer blade.  Material  collected  on the end
screens was washed into the sampling system daily.   Mixed effluent was sub-
sampled from each  channel  at a rate  of  4 liters per  day with  a peristaltic
pump.   These subsamples  were  filtered on to pre-fired Gelman A-E glass fiber
filters, dried,  weighed, ashed at 450  C and reweighed to obtain ash-free dry
weight  of exported  material.   From  the  length  of  sampling,  the  volume of
water exported and the  volume of the collected subsample, channel export was
calculated as grams per channel per day.

                                     121

-------
     Export  material was  collected  off  of the  end screens  for  routine Cd
analysis.  Several  grams  of material were  collected from each screen, blen-
ded, and subsampled  for analysis.  Subsamples were placed  in tared crucibles,
dried,  weighed,  ashed at  450° C, and  reweighed.  The  ash material  was  dis-
solved with  hot HNO« and

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
            H2°2
and then measured  as  reported in Appendix I.
     Overall  community metabolism  (production  and respiration) was measured
by the  diurnal  oxygen method and algal production alone was estimated by the
short-term accrual on  glass slides described earlier.

     Exposure  to  Cd  significantly  reduced gross  production,  net production
and respiration at  all sampling dates  (Fig.  59).   Exposure to 5 |Jg Cd/£ re-
sulted  in values  intermediate between controls  and 10 fjg Cd/£.  Shortly after
Cd  input  was stopped,  metabolism values  of  all  the  channels converged and
were  not  significantly  different  from one  another.   During  the  period of
maximum  summer productivity,  however,  channels which  formerly  received Cd
were slightly depressed compared to the former  controls  (Fig.  59) .
~  I

(^  0
•^  4
O*
3  3
2  2

IJ  I
O
5  o
                                  10/ig Cd-L
                     lj|A|SlOlNlDlJ|F|M|A|M|j|J"l
                     |J|A|S|0|N|D|J|F|M|A|MlJ|J|
                                    _;o_n_t_rol

                        POROSS
                     |J|A|S|0|N|D|J|F|M|A|M1J |~3"1
                     1976              1977
                                  SAMPLING DATE

           Figure 59.  Community metabolism.   Gross primary
                       production and respiration with the
                       shaded area representing net production.
                                     122

-------
     Net aufwuchs production  and that of  its algal  component  in grams dry
weight or  live  cell volume per  square meter  per 28-day colonization period
(Figs. 60 and  61)  should  under-estimate  the net  production of stable commu-
nities since populations  on glass  slides begin  colonizing clean slides each
sampling period.  However, net production  estimated  in  this  manner may give
qualitative information on seasonal changes as well  as a quantitative evalu-
ation of Cd effects.

     During the  first  eight  months of Cd  input,  net aufwuchs production as
well as  that of  the algal component was  significantly higher in the control
channels.  Aufwuchs  net  production was  greatest  in  the  sample  collected in
June, while algal production was  greatest  in  the August sample (Fig. 60 and
61).

     Net production  measured  by the  community  method reached  a  maximum in
June and July (Fig.  59).   During the  second summer,  after  Cd  inputs had been
terminated, net aufwuchs  and algal  production were  both  near minimum values
and  yet  the  community data  showed high  net  production  in  all treatments.
This descrepancy is  due to the  paucity of vascular plants  in the streams dur-
ing the first  summer and their  subsequent increase to standing crop dominance
by the second  summer.
    1.5
 CM
  E
    i.o
 O
 CD
    0.5
    0.0
                            SHORT-TERM GLASS SLIDES
                                                         Control
                                                         5M9 Cd/L
                                                       -o I0/ig Cd/L
1976
                                JLT S'|O|N|D|J|F|M|A|M|JIJ|
                                                 1977
                               SAMPLING DATE
  Figure 60.   Aufwuchs accrual on short-term glass slides with two standard
              error  confidence intervals indicated.
                                     123

-------
     There was  also  a greater accumulation of  detritus  in the control chan-
nels.  O'Neill  et  al. (1975) reported that this type of organic accumulation
in aquatic systems  contributes  significantly to the  persistence  of the eco-
system.  Thus the Cd  input to the channels may have had long range effects on
the  succession  and  stability  of the community which developed  in the chan-
nels.  The accumulation  of reduced carbon within control channels was due to
the  greater  net productivity in these channels.  Experiments  on leaf litter
decomposition indicated that the microbial decomposer system was inhibited by
Cd.   (See  section XI).   Since  the inorganic nutrient  inputs  to the channel
microcosm  systems  was low (see section V) as  in  other southeastern aquatic
ecosystems,  the ecosystem stability would be greatly affected by the rate of
nutrient remineralization.

     Table 27  summarizes  the exported organic matter by treatment before and
after  Cd  input.   A significantly greater amount of  carbon was exported from
the  control channels  than  from the treated channels during Cd input.  The two
treatments were not significantly different with respect to export.  After Cd
inputs  were  terminated,  significant  differences  between  former treatments
disappeared.   Day to  day export values for all streams were very variable and
highly dependent on external energy sources such as rain and wind, and inter-
nal  changes such as loss of bottom mats and aufwuchs  sloughing.

     Average Cd levels in  export by treatment are presented in Figure 62 on a
dry  weight basis.   For calculation of Cd exported,  these values may be con-
verted  to  an ash-free  dry weight  basis  by multiplying  by 0.73  (determined
    3.Or
CM
 E
 \
ro
 E
 o
 LJ
 2
 O
 <
 _l
 <
2.0
    1.0
    0.0
                            SHORT-TERM GLASS SLIDES
                                                                     I
                                                              Control
                                                              5/tgCd/L
                                                          a—a lO^g Cd/L
J
F
M
A
M
J
J| A
s
0
N
D
J
F
M
A
M | J
J
         1976
                                             1977
                                 SAMPLING DATE
  Figure 61.  Algal  cell  volume  accrual  on short-term glass  slides  with two
              standard  error  confidence  intervals  indicated.
                                     124

-------
from 25 export samples with a coefficient of variation of 12%).  Great varia-
bility on a  day  to day basis was  observed and is related  to  the variety  of
sources in the channels  that contributed to export.   These sources were ben-
thic aufwuchs, wall  and  glass slide aufwuchs,  and macrophytic plants.  Cad-
mium  levels  in export material was proportional to water Cd  concentration
levels. Cd export levels decreased to control levels within five months after
the inputs were stopped.

     Nutrient  cycling  has been  identified as  a  measurable attribute of  the
abstract concept of ecosystem stability (Webster  et al., 1975) and changes  in
nutrient  cycling  have  been  suggested  as  measures  of  changes  in community
structure (Odum,  1969).  The interaction between  communities and the  elements
moving through  them can  influence species  composition, diversity,   and sta-
bility  (Pomeroy,  1975).   This  approach  is attractive  because  the  nutrient
dynamics  of  an aquatic  system  can be more easily measured than traditional
population and community  measure.   Thus  monitoring  of changes  in  nutrient
dynamics may  be a  sensitive system level parameter,  reflecting environmental
changes.   One  of  the most sensitive biogeochemical cycles  has been  found  to
be the nitrogen cycle  (R. Todd, personal communication).  Unfortunately,  the
gaseous phases possible   in  the nitrogen  cycle make monitoring  of  nitrogen
fluxes difficult.
              200 r
            _ 150
            •o
            o
            o>
            a.
            z
            o
              100
            tr
ui
o
o
o
-o
o
               50
                                           EXPORT
                                              rt/ff/ffff/f/r/f/fffft
                                              \    \
                                Ml
                                I   I
        •	• Control
        ir—o 5^g Cd/L
        0	° 10 M9 Cd/L
                  NDJF  VI A MJJAS  ONDJ  F M  A  Ml J  J  A
                      1976
                                      1977
                                    SAMPLING DATE
           Figure 62.   Cadmium concentration in material exported from
                       the channel microcosms.
                                     125

-------
 TABLE 27.   SUMMARY OF ORGANIC EXPORT FROM THE CHANNEL MICROCOSMS DURING AND
            AFTER CADMIUM INPUT.   VALUES ARE AVERAGES OF WEEKLY AVERAGES IN
            GRAMS ASH-FREE DRY WEIGHT m   • day
                                  Cadmium On

                Control                       5 ppb             10 ppb

      X          27.0                         20.9                19.4

     S.E.          2.1                          1.6                 1.7

      n          21.0                         21.0                21.0


                                  Cadmium Off
Control
X 27.0
S.E. 4.7
n 8.0
5 ppb
25.6
3.0
9.0
10 ppb
25.1
4.3
9.0

     We  measured  upstream  and  downstream NO-  + NO-  levels  in each channel
(see section V, water chemistry).  Ammonia levels were not measured routinely
because  they  were  below the detection limits of direct analysis and required
concentration, which  due to contamination resulted in high variability.  The
mean NO   - NO-  N  concentrations decreased  significantly  over  the length of
each channel.  There  was no significant difference (P > 0.90) between any of
the  treatments.   While  we  did observe demonstrable  changes  in many popula-
tion,  community  and  system level parameters,  these  Cd-induced changes were
not reflected in changes in NO-   NO  fluxing in the  channels. While this was
not  a  rigorous test  of this  system level  parameter,  it  does  indicate that
other  measures  were  more  sensitive to Cd stress  in  our channel microcosms.

     A  program to  measure  nitrogen fixation  as  a  system  level functional
parameter  was  attempted but because of  systematic experimental errors, will
not be presented here.
                                _o
     Total orthophosphates  (PO,   )  concentrations  did not vary significantly
between  channels  and did  not  vary-between  upstream  and downstream sampling
stations  (Table 3).   Sulfate (SO,  ) increased over  the length of each chan-
nel  due   to  aerial  inputs  but did  not vary  significantly  due  to  Cd input
(Table 3).


                                      126

-------
     In general, we found  nutrient  cycling provided  little  indication of the
Cd stresses in  the  system  studied here.   Future studies  of  nutrien£ cycling
as a measure of stress  induced changes  should  include measure of NH,  and K .

     In many respects the  artificial  streams used  in this study were similar
to spring-fed  streams  which have  been  extensively  studied  elsewhere (Odum,
1957a;  Odum,  1957b).   Water of  very  low mineral and  organic  carbon content
was  introduced  constantly  over  developing plant  communities.   Many of  the
species that  thrived  in the artificial  streams are also found  in  naturally
occurring  artesian  fed  streams  in  the  area.    Because  of  this  similarity,
system measurements made in these  channels may be  compared  to measurements
made in natural  spring-fed  streams  and  results of  Cd input  in the artificial
streams may be directly extrapolated to  some natural  systems.

     In measuring several  natural  springs  in Florida,  Odum  (1975a),  reported
gross  production  values ranging  from 0.7  to  64 g  0_/m  /d  with an  average
summer value  of 17 g 0 /m  /d.   Values  of gross primary  production  from the
artificial  streams  is  within  this range,  though  they were well below  the
average value at  the  end of the Cd study.   An  obvious difference is that the
Florida springs  had had many  years  to  develop their communities  while  the
artificial streams  had  values  higher  than 3 g  0_/m /d after only one year of
colonization.    The  upward  slope  of all  curves  during the  second  summer of
water input indicates  that successional  development was in an early stage and
higher metabolism  values  might  be expected  in the  streams after  a longer
colonization period.

     The autotrophic character  of the experimental  channels  (gross production
exceeding  respiration)  is  typical  of springs  because of a  lack  of  input of
organic matter  for  heterotrophic metabolism (Odum,  1956).   However,  the re-
sult of this system autotrophy  must be a  combination of net export of organic
material  and  net accrual of biomass.  As  has  been  stated  elsewhere in this
report, the  artificial   streams  were  performing both  roles with export and
biomass accrual both significantly lowered by 5 to  10 pg Cd/£.

     The  increased  metabolism  values  for treated streams (Fig.  59)  after Cd
input had  stopped are  very frustrating because of  their correlation with the
end of Cd input and the beginning of the summer growth season as observed in
the  curves for the control channels.  Whether  this  enhanced metabolism re-
flects a  growing adaptation to  Cd  toxicity or a rebound from  the  burden of
the metal on metabolic processes cannot be established from these data alone.
In  light   of  aufwuchs  data  that  showed similar  levels  of  biomass between
treatments  at  the  time  of Cd  shutoff  but reduced  populations of  the algal
producers  it  would  appear that  no  significant adaptation  to Cd  input was
occurring.  Different  species  were being  selected  for  tolerance  but their
combined effect could not increase productivity to  control values in  the time
range of  this  study.   Yet, in  spite  of the rigid control by trifling amounts
of Cd  metal,  recovery was almost instantaneous when the  toxin was removed at
the onset of the prime growing season.
                                     127

-------
                                 REFERENCES
1.   Albright, L. J., J. W. Wentworth and E. M. Wilson.  1972.   Technique
     for measuring metallic salt effects upon the indigenous heterotrophic
     microflora of a natural water.  Wat. Res. 6:1589-1596.

2.   American Public Health Association.  1976.  Standard Methods for the
     Examination o_f Water and Wastewater, 14th ed.  American Public Health
     Association, American Water Works Association, Water Pollution Control
     Federation.  Publications Office, American Public Health Association.
     1193 pp.

3.   Anon.  1971.  Metals focus shifts to cadmium.  Environ. Sci. Techno1
     754-755.

4.   Anon.  1975.  Cadmium in the Environment:  Toxicity, Economy, Control.
     Environmental Directorate, Organization for Economic Co-operation and
     development, Paris, 88 pp.

5.   Anon.  1976.  Quality Criteria for Water.  U.S. Environmental Protection
     Agency, Washington,  pp. 27-32.

6.   Anon.  1976.  Methods for Chemical Analysis of Water and Wastes. Envi-
     ronmental Monitoring and Support Laboratory Environmental Research
     Center, Cincinnati, Ohio.  298 pp.

7.   Ashida, J. 1965.  Adaptation of fungi to metal toxicants - Ann. Rev.
     Phytopath. 3:153-174.

8.   Asworth, L. J. and J. Amin.  1964.  A mechanism for mercury tolerance
     to fungi.  Phytopath.  54:1459-1463.

9.   Auerbach, S. I., D. E. Reichle and E. G. Struxness.  1976.  Environmen-
     tal Sciences Division Annual Progress Report, September 30, 1975, Oak
     Ridge National Laboratory.

10.   Awarun, A. A.  1973.  Tolerance of Escherichia coli to cadmium.  J. En-
     viron. Qual.  2:353-355.

11.   Barlocher, F. and B. Kendrick.  1973.  Fungi in the diet of Gammarus
     pseudolimnaeus (Amphipoda).  Oikos 24:295-300.

12.   Barlocher, F. and B. Kendrick.  1974.  Dynamics of the fungal population
     on leaves in a stream.  J. Ecol. 62:761-792.
                                     128

-------
13.   Barr,  A.  J.,  J.  H.  Goodnight,  J.  P.  Sail  and  J.  T.  Helwig.   1976.   A
     User's Guide  to  SAS-76.   SAS  Institute  Incorporated, Raleigh,  North
     Carolina,  329 pp.

14.   Bergquist,  B. and E.  C.  Bove.   1976.  Cadmium:   Quantitative methodology
     and study of  the effect  upon  the  locomotor  rate  of  Tetrahymena pyritor-
     mis.   Acta  Prot  15:471-483.

15.   Bertine,  K. K. and  E.  D.  Goldberg.   1972.   Trace Elements  in clams,
     mussels and shrimp.   Limnology and Oceanography.   17:877-884.

16.   Bingham,  F. T.,  A.  L.  Page, R.  J. Mahler, and T.  J.  Ganje.   1976.   Yield
     and Cadmium Accumulation of Forage Species  in Relation  to  Cadmium  Con-
     tent of Sludge-amended Soil 1976.  J. Environ. Qual.  5:57-60.

17.   Bowman, K.  0., H. Hutcheson,  E. P. Odum,  and  L.  R.  Shenton.  1971.  Com-
     ments  on the  distribution of  indices  of diversity,  pp.  315-366 In:
     Statistical Ecology Volume 3;  Many Species  Population Ecosystems and
     Systems Analysis.   G.  A.  Patil, E. C. Pielon  and W.  E.  Waters  (Eds.)
     The Pennsylvania State University Press,  University Park and Lonndon.
     462 pp.

18.   Briese, L.  A. and J.  P.  Giesy.   1975.   Determination of lead and cadmium
     associated with  naturally occurring  organics  extracted  from  surface
     waters, using flameless  atomic absorption.  Atomic  Abso Newslet. 14:133-
     136.

19.   Brown, G.  W., Jr.   1976.   Effects of polluting substances  on enzymes  of
     aquatic organisms.   Fish Res.  Bd. Can.  33:2018.

20.   Brown, V.  M., T. L.  Shaw, and D.  G.  Shurben.   1974.  Aspects of water
     quality and the  toxicity of copper to rainbow trout.  Water  Res.   8:797-
     803.

21.   Brinkhurst, R. 0.   1974.   The Benthos of  Lakes.   St. Martin's  Press.
     New York.   190 pp.

22.   Bryan, G.  W.   1976.   Some Aspects of Heavy  Metal Tolerance in  Aquatic
     Organisms.   Society for  Experimental Biology  Seminar Series. 2:7-34.
     Cambridge University Press.

23.   Buhler, D.  R.  1972.   Environmental  contamination of toxic metals.  In:
     Heavy Metals  ^n  the Environment.  Oregon State University Water Resources
     Research Institute.   20  pp.

24.   Bunzl, K.   1974. Kinetics of ion exchange  in soil organic matter  III.
     Differential  ion exchange reactions  of  Pb   ions in humic  acid and peat.
     J.  Soil Sci.   25:517-532.

25.   Burbank, W. D.  and  D. M. Spoon.   1967.  The use  of sessile ciliates
     collected in  plastic petri dishes for the rapid  assessment of  water
     Pollution.   J.  Protozool.  14:739-744.

                                     129

-------
26.  Burkitt, A., P. Lester and G. Nickless.  1972.  Distribution of heavy
     metals in the vicinity of an industrial complex.  Nature (Lond.) 238:
     327-328.

27.  Burks, B. D.  1953.  The Mayflies, or Ephemeroptera of Illinois.  Ento-
     mological Reprint Specialists.  P. 0. Box 77224, Dockweiler Station,  Los
     Angeles, California.  216 pp.

28.  Cairns, J.  1969.  Rate of species diversity restoration following
     stress in freshwater protozoan communities.  Univ. KANSAS Sci.  Bull.
     XLVIII  6:209-224.

29.  Cairns, J., Jr.  1977.  Quantificatin of biological integrity,  pp. 171-
     187 in, The Integrity of Water.  Edited by R. K. Ballentine and L. J.
     Guarraia.  Environmental Protection Agency.  Office of Water and Hazar-
     dous Materials.  Washington, D. C., U. S. Government Printing Office
     Stock Number 055-001-01068-1.

30.  Cairns, J., G. R. Lanza and B. C. Parker.  1972.  Pollution related
     structural and functional changes in aquatic communities with emphasis
     on freshwater algae and protozoa.  Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.  124:
     79-127-

31.  Cairns, J. and J. L. Plafkin.  1975.  Response of protozoan communities
     exposed to chlorine stress.  Arch. Protistenk. Bd. 117,5:47-53.

32.  Cearley, J. E., and R. L. Coleman.   1973.  Cadmium Toxicity and Accumu-
     lation in Southern Naiad.  Bull. Environ. Contain. Toxicol. 9(2): 100-101.

33.  Cearley, J. E. and R. L. Coleman.  1974.  Cadmium toxicity and biocon-
     centration in large mouth bass and bluegill.  Bull. Environ. Contam.
     Toxicol.  11:46-51,

34.  Chadwick, M. H.  1976.  Cadmium in the environment.  Biologist 23:23-29.

35.  Cheremisinoft, P. N. and Y. H. Habib.  1972.  Cadmium, Chronium, Lead,
     Mercury:  A plenary account of water pollution.  Part I - Occurrence,
     toxicity and detection. Wat. Sewage Wks.  7:73-86.

36.  Chopra, I.  1971.  Decreased uptake of Cd by a resistant strain of Sta-
     phylococcus aureus.  J. Gen. Microbiol.  63:265-267.

37.  Ciaccio, L.  1973.  Water and Water Pollution Handbook V.4. Marcel
     Decker, New York.  1945 pp.

38.  Clubb, R. W., A. R. Gaufin, and J. L. Lords.  19753.  Synergism between
     dissolved oxygen and cadmium toxicity in five species of aquatic in-
     sects.  Environ. Res.  9:285-

39.  Clubb, R. W., A. R. Gaufin, and J. L. Lords.  1975 .  Acute cadmium
     toxicity studies upon nine species of aquatic insects.  Environ. Res.
     9:332-

                                     130

-------
40.   Cochran,  W.  G.  and G.  M.  Cox.   1971.   Experimental  Designs.  John Wiley,
     New York, 612 pp.

41.   Cole,  R.  A.   1973.  Stream community  response to nutrient enrichment.
     J.  Water Pollut.  Cont.  Fed.   45:1874.

42.   Cook,  S.  E.  K.   1976.   Quest for an index of community structure sensi-
     tive to water pollution.   Environ.  Pollut.   11:269-287.

43.   Cooper, D. C.  1973.   Enhancement of  net primary productivity by herbi-
     vore grazing in aquatic laboratory microcosms.   Limnol.  Oceanogr.   18:
     31-37.

44.   Copeland, B. J. and W.  R. Duffer.  1964.  Use of a  clear plastic dome
     to measure gaseous diffusion rates in natural waters.   Limnol. Oceanogr.
     9:494-499.

45.   Corbet, P. S.  1962.   A Biology of Dragonflies.  H.  F.  and G. Witherby,
     Ltd.  247 pp.

46.   Cummins, K.  W.   1973.   Trophic relations of aquatic insects.  Annu.  Rev.
     Entonol.   18:183-

47.   Cummins, K.  W.   1974.   Structure and  function of stream ecosystems.
     Biosci.  24:631-641.

48.   Cummins, K.  W.   1975.   Macroinvertebrates.   In:   River Ecology. B. A.
     Whitton  (Ed.) University of California Press.  Berkeley and Los Angeles
     725 pp.

49.   Doyle, J. J., R.  T. Marshall and W. H. Pfander.   1975.  Effects of cad-
     mium on the growth and uptake of cadmium by microorganisms.  App. Micro-
     biol.   29:562-564.

50.   Draggan, S.   1976.  The Microcosm as  a tool for estimation of environ-
     mental transport of toxic materials.   Internat.  J.  Environ. Studies.
     10:65-70.

51.   Dunstan, W.  H. and H.  L. Windom.  1975.  The Influence of Environmental
     Changes  in Heavy Metal Concentrations on Spartina alterniflora.  In:
     Estuarine Research, Vol. II:  Geology and Engineering.  Academic Press,
     Inc.,  New York.

52.   Dunstan, W.  H., H. L.  Windom, and G.  L. Mclntire.  1975.  The Role of
     Spartina alterniflora in the flow of lead, Cadmium and Copper through
     the Salt-marsh Ecosystem.  Mineral Cycling in Southeastern Ecosystems
     F. G.  Howell, J.  B. Gentry and M. H.  Smith (Eds.) U. S. Energy Research
     and Development Administration, pp. 250-256.

53.   Egglishaw, H. J.    1964.  The distributional  relationsip between the
     bottom fanna and plant detritus  in streams. • J. Anim. Ecol. 33:463.
                                     131

-------
54.  Egloff, D. A. and W. H. Brakel.  1973.  Stream pollution and a simpli-
     fied diversity index.  J. Wat. Pollut. Control Fed. 45:2269-2275.

55.  Eisler, R., G. E. Zaroogian and R. J. Hennekey.  1972.   Cadmium uptake
     by marine organisms.  J. Fish Res. Bd. Can.  29, 1367-1369.

56.  Elwood, J. W., S. G. Hildebrand, and J. J. Beauchamp.  1976.  Contribu-
     tion of gnt contents to the concentration and body burden of elements
     in Tipula spp. from a spring-fed stream.  J. Fish. Res. Bd.  Can. 33:1930

57   Enk, M. D. and B. J. Maths.   1977.  Distribution of cadmium and lead in
     a stream ecosystem.  Hydrobiologia.   52:153-

58.  Fassett, D. W.   1974.  Cadmium.  In:  Metallic Contaminants and Human
     Health.  H. K. Lee  (Ed.) Academic Press, New York,  pp 97-124.
         i

59.  Fleischer, M., A. Sarofin, D. W. Fassett, P. Hammond, H. T.  Shacklette,
     I. C. T. Nisbet  and S. Epstein.  1974.  Environmental impact of cadmium:
     A review by the  panel on hazardous trace substances.  Env. Health. Per-
     spect. pp. 253-323.

60.  Flick, D. F., H. F. Kraybill  and J.  M. Dimitrott.  1971.  Toxic effects
     of cadmium:  A review.  Environ. Res.  4:71-85.

61.  Forstner, V. and G. Muller.   1973.  Heavy metal accumulation in river
     sediments:  A response to environmental pollution.  Geoforum 14:53-61.

62.  Flint, R. W. and C. R. Goldman.  1975.  The effects of a benthic grazer
     on the primary productivity of the littoral zone of Lake Tahoe.  Limnol.
     Oceanogr.  20:935-944.

63.  Fowler, B.  1975.  Heavy metals in the environment.  Ill: Overview.
     Environ. Health  Pros.  12:125-126.

64.  Fowler, S. W. and G. Benayoun.  1974.  Experimental studies on cadmium
     flux through marine biota.  Radioactivity in the Sea.  No. 44. Interna-
     tional Atomic Energy Agency,  Vienna.

65.  Francis, C. W.,  and S. G. Rush.  1973.  Factors Affecting Uptake and
     Distribution of  Cadmium in Plants.  In:  Trace Substances  In: Environ-
     mental Health    VII.  D.D. Hemphill (Ed.).

66.  Fribery, L., M.  Piscator and  G. Nordberg.  1971.  Cadmium in the Envi-
     ronment .  CRC Press, Cleveland, 166 pp.

67.  Friberg, L. and  T. Kjellstrom.  1975.  Cadmium in the Environment - III,
     A toxicological  and epidemiological appraisal.  EPA-6501/2-75-049, U.S.
     Environmental Protection Agency Office of Research and Development,
     Washington.

68.  Fryer, G.  1957.  The food of some freshwater cyclopoid copepods and its
     ecological significance.  J. Animal Ecology.  26:263-286.

                                     132

-------
69.   Fulkerson,  W.   1975.   Cadmium -  the Dissipated Element -  Revisited.   Un-
     published Report Oak Ridge National Laboratory.   29 pp.

70.   Fullner,  R.  W.   1971.   A comparison of macroinvertebrates collected  by
     basket and modified multiple-plate samplers.   J.  Wat..  Poll.  Cont.  Fed.
     43:494-

71.   Gaufin, A.  R.  and C.  M.  Tarzwell.   1952.   Aquatic Invertebrates  as Indi-
     cators of Stream Pollution.   Public Health Reports  67(1):57-

72.   Gaufin, A.  R.  and C.  M.  Tarzwell.   1956.   Aquatic macro-invertebrates
     communities as indicators of pollution in Lytle Creek. Sewage Indust.
     Wast.   28:906-

73.   Gaufin, A.  R.   1973.   Use of Aquatic Invertebrates in  the assessment of
     water quality.   In:  Biological  Methods for the Assessment of  Water
     Quality.   J. Cairns and K. L.  Dickson (Eds.)  American  Society  for  test-
     ing and materials, Baltimore,  Md.   256 pp.

74.   Gerhards, U. and H. Weller.   1977.  The uptake of mercury, cadmium and
     nickel by Chlorella pyrenoidosa.   Z. Pflanzenphysiol Bd.  82:292-300.

75.   Giesy, J. P.,  L. A. Briese and G.  J. Leversee.  1978.   Metal binding
     capacity of selected maine surface waters. Environ. Geol.  (In press).

76.   Giesy, J. P.,  G. J. Leversee,  and  D. R. Williams.  1977.   Effects  of
     Naturally Occurring Aquatic Organic fractions on cadmium  toxicity  to
     Simocephalys serrulatus (Daphnidae) and Gambusia affinis  (Poeciliidae).
     Wat. Res.  11:1013-1020.

77.   Giesy, J. P. and J. G. Wiener.  1977.  Frequency distributions of  trace
     metal concentrations in five freshwater fishes.  Trans. Amer.  Fish Soc.
     196:393-403.

78.   Gile,  J.  D.  and J. W.  Gillett.1977.Terrestrial microcosm  chamber evalua-
     tions of substitute chemicals. Unpublished manuscript, USEDA,  Coruallis.

79.   Gingell,  S.  M., R. Campbell and M. H. Martin.  1976.  The effect of
     zinc,  lead and cadmium pollution on the leaf surface microflora.  En-
     viron. Pollut.   11:25-37.

80.   Gommes, R., and H. Muntan.  1976.   Cadmium levels in biota and abiota
     from Lake Maggiore.  Directorate general scientific and technical  infor-
     mation and information management  of commission of the European commu-
     nities, EUR 54lle, 31 pp.

81.   Gray,  J.  S.  and R. J.  Ventilla.   1973.  Growth rate of Sediment-living
     marine protozoa as a toxicity indicator for heavy metals.  Amer. Biol.
     118-121.

82.   Goodman,  D.   1975.  The theory of  diversity - stability relationships
     in ecology.   Quant. Rev. Biol.  50:237-266.

                                     133

-------
83.  Haghiri, F.  1973.  Cadmium Uptake by Plants.  J. Environ.  Qual.   2(1):
     93-96.

84.  Hamelink, J. L.  1976.  Current Bioconcentration test methods and the-
     ory.  In:  Aquatic toxicology and hazard evaluation  F. L.  Mayer and
     J. L. Hamelink (Eds.). ASTM Philadelphia, Pa.149-161 pp.

85.  Harding, J. P. C. and B. A. Whitton.  1978.  Zinc, Cadmium and Lead in
     water, sediments and submerged plants of the Derwent Reservoir, Northern
     England.  Wat. Res. 12:307-316.

86.  Hardisty, M. W., R. J. Huggins, S. Kartar and M. Sainsbury.  1974.  Eco-
     logical implications of heavy metal in fish from the Severy Estuary.
     Mar. Poll. Bull.  5:12-15.

87.  Hargrave, B. T.  1970.  The utilization of benthic microflora by Hya-
     lella azteca (Amphipoda).  J. Anim. Ecol.  39:427-437.

88.  Hargrave, B. T.  1970.  The effect of a deposit-feeding amphipod on the
     metabolism of benthic microflora.  Limnol.  Oceanogr.  15:21-30.

89.  Harman, W. N.  1969.  The effect of changing pH on the Unionidae. Nau-
     tilus  83:69-70.

90.  Harman, W. N.  1970.  New distribution records and ecological notes on
     central New York Unionacea.  Amer. Nidi. Natur.  84:46-58.

91.  Hart, B. A. and P. W. Cook.  1975.  The effect of Cadmium on Freshwater
     Phytoplankton.  Water Resources Research Center, University of Vermont.
     16 pp.

92.  Hartung, R.  1973.  Biological effects of heavy metal pollutants in
     water. Adv. Exp. Med. Biol.  40:161-172.

93.  Harve, G. N., B. Underdal and C. Christiansen.  1973.  The content of
     lead and some other heavy- elements in different fish species from a
     Fjord in western Norway.  In:  Proc. Int. Symp. Environ, Health.  Asp.
     Lead. Amsterdam  pp. 99-111.

94.  Hem, J. D.  1972.  Chemistry and occurrence of cadmium and zinc in sur-
     face water and ground water.  Water Reso. Res.  8:661-679.

95.  Hester, F. E., and J. S. Dendy.  1962.  A multiple-plate sampler for
     aquatic macroinvertebrates.  Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc.  91:420-

96.  Hiatt, V. and J. E. Hugg.  1975.  The Environmental impact of cadmium:
     An overview.  Int. J. Environ. Studies.  7:277-285.

97.  Hill, M. 0.  1973.  Diversity and evenness: a unifying notation and its
     consequences.  Ecol.  54:427.
                                     134

-------
98.   Hiyama,  Y.  and S.  Makoto.   1964.   On the concentration factors of radio-
     active Cs,  Sr, Cd, Zn and  Ce in marine organisms.  Rec.  Oceanog.  Works
     Japan.  7:41-77.

99.   Rolling, C.  S.  1973.  Resislience and stability of ecological systems.
     Ann.  Rev.  Ecol.  Syst.  4:1-24.

100. Hucabee, J.  W. and B. G. Blaylock.  1974.   Microcosm studies on the
     transfer of Hg,  Cd and Se  from terrestrial to aquatic ecosystems. Eighth
     Annual Conference on Trace Substances in Environmental Health. Univer-
     sity of Missouri Columbia.

101. Hughes,  B.  D.   1978.  The  influence of factors other than pollution on
     the value of Shannon's Diversity Index for benthic macro-invertebrates
     in streams.   Wat.  Res.  12:359-364.

102. Hunter,  W.  R.   1964.  Physiological Aspects of Ecology in Nonmarine
     Molluscs,   pp. 83-126.  In;  Physiology of Mollusca Vol.  I.   Edited by
     K. M. Wilbur and C. M. Yonge.  pp. 471.

103. Kurd, L. E., M.  V. Mellinger, L.  L. Wolf and S. J. McNaughton.  1971.
     Stability and diversity at three trophic levels in terrestrial ecosy-
     stems. Sci.   173:1134-1136.

104. Hurlbert,  S. H.   1971.  The nonconcept of species diversity:  a critique
     and alternative parameters.  Ecol.  52:577-

105. Hynes, H.  B. N.   1957.  The use of invertebrates as indicators of river
     pollution.   Proceedings of the Linnean Society of London, Symposium of
     Water Pollution  165-167 pp.

106. Hynes, H.  B. N.   1970.  The Ecology of Running Waters.  Univ. Toronto
     Press, Toronto.   555 pp.

107. Hynes, H.  B. N.   1970.  The ecology of stream insects.  Ann. Rev. Ent.
     15:25-

108. Hynes, H.  B. N.   1971.  The Biology of Polluted Waters.  University of
     Toronto Press.  Toronto and Buffalo.  202 pp.

109. Iversen, T. M.  1973.  Decomposition of autumn-shed beech leaves in a
     springbrook and its  significance  for the fauna.  Arch. Hydrobiol. 72:
     305-312.

110. Jinks, S. M. and M. Eisenbud.  1972.  Concentration factors  in the en-
     vironment.  Radiation Data Rep.   l3;243-247.

111. John, M. K., C. J. Van Laerhoven  and H. H. Chuah.  1972.  Factors Affect-
     ing Plant Uptake and Phytotoxicity fo Cadmium Added to Soils.  Environ.
     Sci.  and Tech.  6(12):1005-1009.
                                     135

-------
112.  John, M.  K., and C.  J.  Van Laerhoven.   1976.   Differential Effects of
     Cadmium on Lettuce Varieties.   Environ.  Pollut.  10:163-173.

113.  Jonasson, P. M.   1955.   The efficiency of sieving techniques for samp-
     ling freshwater bottom fauna.   Oikos.   6:183.

114.  Jones, J. R. E.   1940.   A study of the zinc polluted River Ystwyth in
     north Cardiganshire, Wales.  Ann. App. Biol.   27:368.

115.  Jones, J. R. E.   1941.   The fauna of the River Dover, West Sales.   J.
     Anim. Ecol.  10:12-

116.  Jones, J. R. E.   1958.   An ecological study of the River Towy.   J. Anim.
     Ecol.  20:68-

117.  Jordan, M. J. and M. P. Lechevalier.  1975.  Effects of zinc-smelter
     emissions on forest soil microflora.  Can. J.  Microbiol. 21:1855-1865.

118.  Kania, H. J., R. L. Knight, and R. J.  Beyers.   1976.  Fate and Biologi-
     cal Effects of Mercury Introduced into Artificial Streams.  EPA-600/3-
     76-060.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Athens, Ga.  129 pp.

119.  Kaushik,  N. K. and H. B. N. Hynes.  1971.  The fate of the dead leaves
     that fall into streams.  Arch. Hydrobiol.  68:465-515.  Petersen,  R. C.
     and K. W. Cummins.  (1974). Leaf processing in a woodland stream.
     Freshwat. Biol.   4:343-368.

120.  Karbe, L., N. Antonacopoulos, and C. Schnier.   1975.  The influence of
     water quality on accumulation of heavy metals in aquatic organisms.
     Verh. Internat.  Verein. Limnol.  19:2094-

121.  Katagiri, K. J.   1975.   The effects of cadmium on Anacystis nidulans.
     Ms. Thesis, University of Vermont, 53 pp.

122.  Kerfoot,  W. B. and S. A. Jacobs  1976 Cadmium accrual in combined waste-
     water treatment aquaculture system. Environ. Sci. Techno1. 10:662-667.

123.  Kinkade,  M. L. and H+JE. Erdman.  1975.  The influence of hardness com-
     ponents  (Ca   and Mg   in water  on the uptake and concentration of cad-
     mium in a simulated freshwater ecosystem.  Environ. Res.  10:308-313.

124.  Kirk, R.  E.  1968.  Experimental Design: Procedures for the Behavioral
     Sciences.  Wadsworth, Belmont, Calif.       pp.

125.  Klass, E., D. W. Rowe,  and E. J. Massaro.  1974.  The effect of cadmium
     on population growth of the green algae Scenedesmus quadricauda  Bull.
     Environ.  Cont. Toxicol.  12:442-445.

126.  Kraner, G. A. and J. H. Martin.  1973.  Seasonal variations of cadmium,
     copper, manganese, lead, and zinc in water and phytoplankton in Monterey
     Bay, California.  Limnol. Oceanogr.  18:597-
                                     136

-------
127.  Kneip,  T.+J.  and H+JE.  Eredman.   1975.   The influence of hardness  compo-
     nents (Ca   and Mg  )  in water in the uptake and concentration of  cad-
     mium in a simulated freshwater ecosystem.   Environ.  Res.   10:308-313.

128.  Kneip,  T. J.  and G. J.  Laver.   19.73.   Trace metal concentration factors
     in aquatic ecosystems.   Prog.  Anal.  Chem.   5:43-62.

129.  Kneip,  T. J.,  G. Re and T.  Hernandez.   1974.   Cadmium in an aquatic eco-
     system:  Distribution  and effects.  In:   Trace Elements in Environmental
     Health VIII.   University of Missouri,  Columbia,   pp.  173-177.

130.  Koeppe, D. E.   1977.   The Uptake,  Distribution,  and  Effect of  Cadmium
     and Lead in Plants. Sci.  Total  Environ.   7:197-206.

131.  Kumada, H., S.  Kimura,  M.  Vokote and  Y.  Matida.   1973.  Acute  and  chro-
     nic toxicity,  uptake and retention of cadmium in freshwater organisms.
     Bull.  Freshwater Fish Res.  Lab.  Tokyo.   22:157-165.

132.  Lagerwerff, J.  V. and  A.  W.  Spect.   1970.   Contamination of roadside
     soil and vegetation with cadmium,  nickel,  lead and zinc.   Environ.  Sci.
     Technol.   4:583-586.

133.  Lee, C. R., T.  C. Sturgis,  M.  C.  Landin.   1976.   A Hydroponic  Study of
     Heavy Metal Uptake by  Selected Marsh  Plant Species.   Report D-76-5.
     Dept. of Army Corps of Engineers,  Vicksburg,  Miss.,   47  pp.

134.  Leigh,  E. G.,  Jr.  1965.   On the relation between the productivity,
     Biomass,  Diversity and stability of a  community.   Proc.  Nat. Acad.  Sci.
     Zoology,   53:777-783.

135.  Levins, R.  1966.  The strategy  of model building in population biology.
     Amer. Sci.  54:421-431.

136.  Lichtenstein,  E. P., T. T.  Liang and  T.  W. Fuhremann.  1978.   A compart-
     mentalized microcosm for studying the fate of chemicals  in the environ-
     ment.  J. Agricul. and Food, (in press).

137.  Lightheart, B., H. Bond and B. G.  Volk.   1978.  The  use  of soil/litter
     microcosms with and without added pollutants to study certain  components
     of the decomposer community.  Unpublished manuscript, U.S. E.P.A.,
     Corvallis, Oregon.

138.  Maki, A.  W. and H. E.  Johnson.  1977a.   The influence of Larval Lampri-
     cide (TFM: 3-trifluormethyl-4-nitrophenol) on Growth and Production of
     two species of aquatic macrophytes, Elodea canadensis (Michx.) and Plan-
     chon and Myriophyllum  spicatym L.  Bull.  Environ.  Contam.  Toxicol.  17:57-

139.  Maki, A.  W. and H. E.  Johnson.  1977b.   Evaluation of a  toxicant on the
     metabolism of model stream communities.   J. Fish Res. Bd. Can. 33:2740-
     2746.
                                     137

-------
140.  Margalef,  R.   1961.   Communication of structure in planktonic popula-
     tions.   Limnol.  Oceanogr.  6:124-128.

141.  Marshall,  J.  S.   1976.  Cong term effects of cadmium in Lake Michigan
     water on average numbers and biomass in laboratory Daphnia populations
     Annual Report, Argonne National Laboratory  pp. 27-31.

142.  Mason,  W.  T.,  P. A.  Lewis, and P. L. Hudson.  1975.  The influence of
     sieve mesh size selectivity on benthic invertebrate indices of eutro-
     phication.  Verh. Internat. Verein. Limnol.  19:1550-

143.  McKee, J.  E.  and H.  W. Wolf.  1963.  Water quality criteria.  Calif.  St.
     Res. Cent. Bd., Publ. No. 3-A.  548 pp.

144.  McKellar,  H.  N.   1975.  Metabolism and Models of estuarine bay ecosystems
     affected by a coastal power plant.  Ph.D. Dissertation.  University of
     Florida, 269 pp.

145.  Merlini, M.,  F. Argentesi, A. Brazzelli, B. Orcgioni and G. Pozzi.  1971.
     The effects of sublethal amounts of cadmium and mercury on the metabo-
     lism of zinc-65 by freshwater fish. Proc. Inter. Symp.  Radio. Ecology
     Applied to the Protection of Man and Hi's Environ.  Rome, EUR 4800 dfie.
     1327-1344 pp.

146.  Miettinen, J.  K.  1975.  The accumulation and excretions of heavy metals
     in organisms.   In;  Ecological Toxicity Research. Effects of Heavy Metal
     and Organohalogen Compounds.  A. D. Mclntyre and C. F.  Mills (Eds.)>
     Plenum Press,  New York.

147.  Mills, W.  L.   1976.   Water quality bioassay using selected protozoa.
     J. Environ. Sci. Health  11:491-500.

148.  Morrison,  M.  G. and R. Steele.   1977.  Effects of environmental factors
     on radiocadmium uptake by four species of marine bivalves.  Marine
     Biology.  40:303-

149.  Motohashi, K.  and T. Tsuchida.   1974.  Uptake of cadmium by pure cul-
     tured diatom,  Skeletonema costatum. Bull. Plankton. Soc. Japan 21:55-59.

150.  Mundie, J. H.   1971.  Sampling benthos and substrate materials, down to
     50 microns in size,  in shallow streams.  J. Fish. Res.  Bd. Can.  28:849-

151.  Murry, C.  N.  and S.  Menke.  1974.  Influence of soluble sewage material
     on adsorption and desorption behavior of cadmium, cobalt, silver and
     zinc in sediment - freshwater, sediment   seawater systems.  J. Oceanogr.
     Soc. Japan.  30:216-221.

152.  Namminga,  H.  and J.  Wilhm.  1977.  Heavy metals in water sediments and
     chironomids.   J. Water Pollut. Cont. Fed.  49:1725-
                                     138

-------
153.  Nash,  R.  G.  and M.  L.  Beall,  Jr.   1977.   A microagroecosystem to monitor
     the environmental fate of pesticides.   Unpublished  manuscript pesticide
     degradation  lab.   Beltsville,  Md.

154.  Nehring,  R.  B.   1976.   Aquatic insects  as biological  monitors of heavy
     metal  pollution.   Bulletin of Environmental Contamination and Toxicology.
     15;147-

155.  Odum,  E.  P.   1962.   Relationships  between structure and  function in eco-
     systems.  Jap.  J.  Ecol.  12:108-118.

156.  Odum,  E.  P.   1969.   The strategy of  Ecosystem Development.  Sci.   164:
     262-270.

157.  Odum,  E.  P.   1977.   The emergence  of ecology as  a new integrative disci-
     pline.  Sci. 195:1289-1293.

158.  Odum,  H.  T.   1956.   Primary production  in flowing waters. Limnol.  Ocean-
     ogr.  1:102-116.

159.  Odum,  H.  T.   1957a.  Primary production measurements  in  eleven Florida
     springs and  a  marine turtle-grass  community.   Limnol. Oceanogr.  2:85-97.

160.  Odum,  H.  T.   1957b.  Trophic structure  and productivity  of Silver
     Springs,  Florida Ecol. Monographs  27:55-112.

161.  Odum,  H.  T.  and C.  M.  Hoskin  1957.   Metabolism  of  a  laboratory stream
     microcosm.  Inst. Marine Sci.  Univ Texas  4:115-133.

162.  Oliver, D. R.   1971.  Life history of the chironomidae.   Ann. Rev. Ent.
     16:211.

163.  O'Neill,  R.  V., W.  F.  Harris, B. S.  Ausmys and D. E.  Reichel.  1975.  A
     theoretical basis for ecosystem analysis with particular reference to
     element cycling.  In:  Mineral cycling .in Southeastern Ecosystems. F. G.
     Howell, J. B.  Gentry and M. H. Smith (Eds.).   U.S.  Energy Research and
     Development Administration, pp. 28-40.

164.  Page,  A.  L., F. T.  Bingham, and C. Nelson.  1972.  Cadmium Absorption
     and Growth and Various Plant Species as Influenced  by Solution Cadmium
     Concentration.  J.  Environ. Qual.   1:288-291.

165.  Page,  A.  S.  and T.  F.  Bingham.  1973.  Cadmium residues   in the environ-
     ment.   Residue Rev. 48:1-44.

166.  Pagenkopf, G.  K., R. C. Russo and R. V. Thorston.  1974.  Effect of
     complexation on toxicity of copper to fishes.  J. Fish.  Res. Bd. Can.
     31;462-465.

167.  Patrick,  R.   1949.  A proposed biological measure of stream  conditions,
     based on a survey of the Conestoga Basin, Lancaster County,  Pa. Proc.
     Acad.  Nat. Sci. Phila.  101:277-341.

                                     139

-------
168.  Patrick,  R.   1967.   The effect of invasion rate,  species pool and size
     of an area on the structure of the diatom community.   Proc.  Nat.  Acad.
     Sci.   58:1335-1342.

169.  Paus, P.  E.   1971.   The application of atomic absorption spectroscopy to
     the analysis of natural waters.  Atom. Abso.  Newslet.   10:69-71.

170.  Payer, H. D., K. H.  Rankel, P, Schramel, E.  Stengel,  A.  Bhuriratana,  and
     C. J. Boeder.  1976.  Environmental influences on the accumulation of
     lead, cadmium, mercury, antimony, arsenic, selenium,  bromine and  tin in
     unicellular algae cultivated in Thailand and in Germany.  Chemosphere
     6:413-418.

171.  Pennak, R. W.  1953.  Freshwater Invertebrates of the United States.
     Ronald Press, New York pp. 769.

172.  Perry, H. M., G. S.  Third and E. F. Perry.  1976.  The biology of cad-
     mium.  Med.  Clin. N. Amer.  60:759-769.

173.  Petersen, R. C. and K. W. Cummins.  1974.  Leaf processing in a woodland
     stream.  Freshwat.  Biol.  4:343-368.

174.  Petterson, 0.  1976.  Heavy-Metal Ion Uptake by Plants from Nutrient
     Solutions with Metal Ion, Plant Species and Growth Period Variations.
     Plant and Soil  45:445-459.

175.  Pickering, Q. H. and C. Henderson.  1966.  The acute bioassay of some
     heavy metals to different species of warmwater fishes. Air.  Wat.  Pollut.
     Int. J.  10:453-463.

176.  Pielou, E. C.  1966.  The measurement of Diversity in Different Types of
     Biological Collections.  J. Theoret. Biol.  13:131-144.

177.  Pielou, E. C.  1969.  An Introduction to Mathematical Ecology.  Wiley
     and Sons, Inc.  286 pp.

178.  Piscator, M.  1974.   Epidemiological Aspects of Cadmium in the Environ-
     ment.  In:  D. D. Hemphill (Ed.) Trace Substances in Environmental
     Health-VII.

179.  Pomeroy, L.  R.  1975.  Mineral cycling in marine ecosystems.  In:  Mine-
     ral Cycling in Southeastern Ecosystems.  F. G. Howell, J. B. Gentry and
     M. H. Smith (Eds.).  U.S. Energy Research and Development Administration
     pp. 209-223.

180.  Pringle, B.  H., D.  E. Hisseng, E. L. Katz and S. T. Mulawka.  1968.
     Trace metal accumulation by estuarian mollusks.  J. Sanitary Engineering
     Division Proceedings of the American Society of Civil Engineers.   June
     455-475.
                                     140

-------
181.  Ramamoorthy,  S.  and D.  J.  Kushner.   1975.   Binding  of mercuric and other
     heavy metal ions by microbial  growth media.   Microbial Ecol.  2:162-176.

182.  Rattonetti, A.   1974.   Determination of soluble  cadmium,  lead silver and
     indium in rainwater and stream water with the use  of flameless atomic
     absorption.  Anal.  Chem.   46:739-742.

183.  Ravera, 0., R.  Gommers,  and H.  Muntan.   1973.  Cadmium distribution in
     aquatic environment and its effects  on aquatic organisms.  European
     Colloquium Problems of  the Contamination of Man  and His Environment by
     Mercury and Cadmium, Luxenbourg  3-5 July.   1973.   C.E.C.  EUR-5075,
     1974:317-330.

184.  Reddy, C.  N.  and W. H.  Patrick, Jr.   1977.   Effect  of Redox  Potential
     and pH on the Uptake of Cadmium and  Lead by Rice Plants.   J.  Environ.
     Qual.  6:259-262.

185.  Renfro, W. C.,  S.  W. Fowler, M. Heyrand, and J.  LaRosa.  1975.   Relative
     importance of food and  water in long-term zinc biota.   Journal of the
     Fisheries Research  Borad of Canada.   32:1339-

186.  Riffaldi,  R.  and R. Levi-Minzi.  1975.   Adsorption  and disorption of Cd
     on humic acid fraction  of soils.   Water Air Soil Pollut.   5:179-184.

187.  Rodgers, J. H.  and R. S.  Harvey.   1976.   The effect of current on peri-
     phytic productivity as  determined using carbon - 14 Wat.  Reso.  Bull.
     12:1109-1118.

188.  Rosenthall, H.  and K. R.  Sperling.   1974.   Effects  of cadmium on devel-
     opment and survival of  herring eggs.   In;   J. H. S. Blaxter  (ed.).  The
     Early Life History of Fishes.   Springer Venlag,  New York.  765 pp.

189.  Rowe, D. W. and E.  J. Mssaro.   1974.   Cadmium uptake and time dependent
     alterations in tissue levels in the  white catfish Ictalurus  catus
     (Pisces .-Ictaloridae).   Bull. Environ.  Contam. Toxicol.  11:244-249.

190.  Ruhling, A. and G.  Tyler.   1973.   Heavy metal pollution and  decomposi-
     tion of spruce needle litter.   Oikos  24:402-416.

191.  Ruthven, J. A.  and J. Cairns.   1970.   Artificial microhabitat size and
     the number of colonizing protozoan species.   Trans. Amer.  Microsc. Soc.
     89;101-110.
                                                                     •

192.  Ruttner, F.  1963.   Fundamentals of  Limnology. Univ. Toronto Press,
     Toronto.  295 pp.

193.  Scanlon, J. W.   1975.   Dangers to the Human Fetys from certain Heavy
     metals in the environment.  Rev.  Environ.  Health.   2:39-64.

194.  Schroeder, H.  A.  1974.  The Poisons Around US,  toxic metals in food,
     air and water.   Indiana University Press,  Bloomington.  144  pp.
                                     141

-------
195.  Schwiraer, S. R.  1973.  Trace metal levels in three subtidal inverte-
     brates.  Veliger  16:95-102.

196.  Service, J.  1972.   A User's Guide to the Statistical Analysis System
     North Carolina State University, Raleigh, N.C.

197.  Shephard, B. K.  1976.  The aquatic chemistry of cadmium in a natural
     and in a model aquatic system.  M.S. thesis, Purdue University, 129 pp.

198.  Simpson, E. H.  1949.  Measurement of diversity.  Nature (London) 163:
     688.

199.  Skinner, S. P., J.  B. Gentry and J. P. Giesy.  1978.  Cadmium dynamics
     in terrestrial food webs of a coal ash basin.  In:  Environmental Che-
     mistry and Cycling Processes.  ERDA Symposium Series, CONF-760429.
     (In press).

200.  Sprague, J. B.  1969.  Measurement of pollutant toxicity to fish. I.
     Bioassay methods for acute toxicity.  Wat. Res.  3:3793-3821.

201.  Steel, R. G. D. and J. H. Torrie.  1960.  Principles and Procedures of
     Statistics with Special References to BjLological Sciences. McGraw-Hill,
     New York.  481 pp.

202.  Stiff, M. H.   1971.  The chemical states of copper in polluted fresh-
     water and a scheme of analysis to differentiate them.  Water Res. 5:585-
     589.

203.  Strickland, J. D. H. and T. R. Parsons.  1972.  A Practical Handbook of
     Seawater Analysis.   Fisheries Research Board of Canada, Ottawa, 310.

204.  Sullivan, J. F., B. R. Murphy, G. J. Atchison and A. W. Mclntosh.  1978.
     Time dependent cadmium uptake by fathead minnows (Pimephales promelas)
     During field and laboratory exposure.  Hydrobiologia. 57:65-68.

205.  Taub, F. B.  1976.   Demonstration of pollution effects in aquatic micro-
     cosms.  Intern. J.  Environ. Studies.  10:23-33.

206.  Thomsen, L. C.  1973.  Aquatic Diptera part V.  Ceratopogenidae.  pp 57-
     80 in, Aquatic Diptera; Eggs, Larvae, and Pupae of Aquatic Flies.  O.A.
     Johannsen.  Entonological Reprint Specialists.  Los Angeles, California.

207.  Thorp, V. J. and P. S. Lake.  1973.  Pollution of a Tasmanian river by
     mine effluents.  II. distribution of macroinvertebrates.  Int. Revne.
     ges. Hydrobiol.  58:885-

208.  Thorp, V. J. and P. S. Lake.  1974.  Toxicity bioassays of cadmium on
     selected freshwater invertebrates and the interaction of cadmium and
     zinc on the freshwater shrimp, Paratza tasmaniensis  (Rick). Aust. Mari.
     Freshwat. Res.  25:97-
                                     142

-------
209.  Thormann,  D.   1975.   Uber die wirkung von cadmium und Bleiauf die natpr-
     liche heterotrophe Bakterienflora in Brackwasser des waser.   A.  Stuars.
     Verpff.  Inst.  Meeresforsch.  Bremerh.   15:237-267.

210.  Turner,  M. A.   1973.   Effect of Cadmium Treatment on Cadmium and Zinc
     Uptake by Selected Vegetable Species.   J.  Environ.  Qual.   2:118-119.

211.  Tynecka, Z. and W. Zylinska.  1974.   Plasmid born resistance to  some  in-
     organic ions  in Staphylococcus aureus.  Acta.  Microbiol.   Pol. Ser.  A.
     Microbiol. Gen.  6:83-92.

212.  Usinger, R. L.  1971.  Aquatic Hemiptera.   pp 182-228 in, Aquatic Insects
     of California, with keys to  North American genera and California species.
     Edited by R.  L. Usinger.  University of California Press, Berkeley, Los
     Angeles, London.

213.  Vollenweider,  R. A.  (ed.)  1969.  A Mannual on Methods for Measuring
     Primary Production in Aquatic Environments.  IBP Handbook #12.  London
     213 pp.

214.  Wagner,  S. L.   1972.   Arsenic and Cadmium in the Environment.  In:
     Heary Metals in the Environment, Oregon State University  Water  Re-
     sources Research Institute.

215.  Wallace, A.,  E. M. Romney, G. V. Alexander, S. M. Soufi, and P.  M.  Patel.
     1977.  Agron.  J. 69(l):18-20.

216.  Weber, C. I.   1973.   Biological Field and Laboratory Methods for Measur-
     ing the Quality of Surface Waters and Effluents.  Environmental  Monitor-
     ing Series.  Analytical Quality Control Laboratory.  National Environ-
     mental Research Center - Cincinnati.  EPA-670/4-73-001.   176 pp.

217.  Weber, W. J.  and H.  W. Poselt.  1974.  Equilibrium models and precipita-
     tion reactions for Cadmium  (II).  In:  Aqueous Environmental Chemistry
     of Metals.  A. J. Rubin  (Ed.) Ann Arbour Science, Ann Arbour, Michigan.
     390 p.

218.  Webster, J. R., J. B. Waide and B. C. Patten.   1975.  Nutrient recycling
     and the stability of ecosystems.  In:  Mineral Cycling in Southeastern
     Ecosystems.  F. G. Howell, J. B. Gentry and M. H. Smith  (Eds.) U. S.
     Energy Research and Development Administration,  pp.  1-27.

219.  Westlake, D. F.   1975.  Macrophytes.  In:  Studies  in Ecology V.Z  B. A.
     Whitton (Ed.)  Blackwell Scientific Publications  pp. 106-128.

220.  Wetzel, R. G.   1975.  Primary production.  In:  River Ecology, B. A.
     Whitton (Ed.). Univ. Calif.  Press, Los Angeles,  pp.  230-247.

221.  Wiener, J. G. and J. P.  Giesy.   1978.  Concentrations of Cd,  Cu, Mn,  Pb
     and Zn  in Resident and  stocked  fish in a highly  organic, softwater pond.
     J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can.   (In press).
                                     143

-------
222. Wier, C. F. and W. M. Walter.  1976.  Toxicity of cadmium in the fresh-
     water snail, Physa gyrina.   Say.  J. Environ. Onal.  5:359-362.

223. Wilhm, J. L.  1967.  Comparison of some diversity indices applied to
     populations of benthic macroinvertebrates in a stream receiving organic
     wastes.  Wat. Pol. Cont. Fed.  39:1673-1683.

224. Wilhm, J. and T. C. Dorris.  1968.  Biological parameters for water qua-
     lity criteria.  Biosci.  18:477-481.

225. Wolverton, B. C.   1975.  Water Hyacinths for Removal of Cadmium and Nic-
     kel from Polluted Waters.  NASA Technical Memorandum TM-X-72721  NASA
     Nat. Space Tech. Lab., St.  Louis, Mississippi  5 p.

226. Youngue, W. H. and J. Cairns.  1971.  Colonization and succession of
     freshwater protozoans in polyurethane foam suspended in a small pond in
     North Carolina.  Notulae Naturae  No. 443, 13 pp.
                                     144

-------
                                 APPENDIX A

                            ANALYTICAL TECHNIQUES

     The determination of trace  levels  of Cd in samples of water,  biological
and  geological  materials requires  a  sensitive analytical technique  (Paus,
1971).  The literature is surfeited  with articles devoted  to  Cd  analysis in
environmental samples.   It is not our purpose to review this literature here.
Friberg et  al.  (1975) present  a thorough discussion of Cd analytical tech-
niques.   Atomic  absorption  techniques  can  be used  to  analyze  for  trace
amounts of Cd in  biological  material (Harve et  al. ,  1973)   and is also well
suited for the  analysis  of  low levels of Cd  usually found in natural  waters
(Hem,  1972;  Ciaccio,  1973;   Rattonetti,  1974; APHA, 1975;  Briese  and  Giesy,
1975; Giesy et al.,  1978) and gives  rapid determinations of these  levels with
high reproducibility involving  few interferences.  Because  of  the  composition
of  various  biological   and  geological  matrices,  there is no  standardized
methodology suitable for all materials.   Because of the obvious importance of
accurate Cd  analyses  for this  project,  a  considerable amount of personnel
time and effort has  been expended to  develop an appropriate set of techniques
to sample, prepare and analyze biological and geological materials.

     Cadmium determinations  were made,  using either a Perkin-Elmer Model 306
or  Instrumentation  Laboratories  Model   351  atomic  absorption spectrophoto-
meter.  Both instruments  are equipped  with  deuterium continuum  background
correction  systems  and  graphite atomizers  for flameless  operation.   Flame
determinations were made  using  an air-acetylene fuel  rich  flame  with  the IL
instrument.   Flameless  determinations  were made  in normal  and  interrupted
modes using argon as  a  purge gas with the  Perkin-Elmer instrument.   We have
relied exclusively  on flameless techniques for  preliminary analyses because
of  the low  background   levels  present  in  the  organisms   introduced  to the
channels.   Later in the project, greater use was made of the more rapid flame
determinations as Cd levels  increased.

     Based on actual  analytical results, the  sensitivity  for the determina-
tion of Cd  by  flame AA in our laboratory is 0.025 pg/ml where sensitivity is
defined as that concentration which gives an absorbance reading of 0.0044 (1%
A).  Our  detection  limit in the flame  mode  is 0.005  (Jg/ml  where detection
limit  is  defined  as that concentration which gives a signal greater than 2S
above  the background  noise  signal.   Both the sensitivity and detection limi£
vary somewhat in time and with sample matrix.

     The  sensitivity  for flameless  atomic  absorption  is  much more variable
than  that for  flame  determinations.  Since  both interrupted  or continuous
purge gas modes may be used, two sets of sensitivity and detection limits can
be  calculated  for  the  Perkin-Elmer  instrument.  Using a  continuous flow of
                                     145

-------
argon purge gas, 2.0 pg of Cd produces an absorbance of 0.0044 units.   In the
interrupted mode, 1.0 pg Cd produces the same value.  The interrupted mode of
operation is much  more variable than continuous and is generally not requir-
ed.  The amount  of sample injected into the graphite rod atomizer varies but
is usually  10  or 20 pi.  Using a 10 pi sample and the continuous purge mode,
the sensitivity  is  2 X 10   mg/1 in solution.  The detection limit varies so
much with matrix that it is impossible to give a general value.

     The sensitivity  and  precision of Cd determinations by flameless AA have
been  optimized  for  both  plant and  animal  matrices.   Drying,  charring and
atomizing  times  and temperatures were systematically varied  until  a  program
was found  which maximized  matrix destruction  and  minimized Cd  loss  due to
volatilization.  Based  on the results of this  preliminary  work,  a drying of
slightly less  than 100  C was  used  for  all matrices.  A 10  sec drying time
was used  for  10 pi samples  and a 40  sec  period  for  20 pi  samples.   Best
analytical  results were  attained when  a  pyrolysis program  of 250-350   C
applied  for 10-15  sec,  regardless  of sample  size or matrix.   The  optimum
atomization  conditions  were  found to be a temperature of 2000  C applied for
4-5 sec.

     All  determinations  were   corrected  for.  reagent blanks  and  compared
against commercially prepared certified standards.  Matrix interferences were
evaluated  in each  material analyzed for Cd by the use of internal standards.
Background  matrix  interferences were also checked  by  determining the absor-
bance  at   an adjacent  non-absorbing  analytical  wavelength adjacent  to the
primary analytical  line  of  228.8 nm.  There is no absorption  due  to Cd at
226.2  nm but this  is near enough  to  the  analytical line so that broad spec-
trum background  absorbances can be determined.

     Standard  addition  curves had the same slope  as curves constructed from
standards  in distilled water,  indicating the  selected  charring  and atomiza-
tion  time   and temperature regime  removed  all background  interferences for
flameless  Cd analysis  in  all matrices.  Absorbances  determined  at the non-
absorbing wavelength of 226.2 nm resulted in absorbances of between 0.000 and
0.002,  also indicating that  background  matrix  interferences  were  absent in
all matrices.

     Sample  preparation  and  analytical procedures were tested by determining
Cd  in  bovine  liver  (BL)  and  standard orchard  leaves  (SOL)  supplied by the
National Bureau of  Standards  (NBS).   These  matrices  are  analagous to other
animal  and  plant matrices and allow the evaluation of preparatory and analy-
tical  techniques.   Cadmium concentrations  in BL and SOL are below the detec-
tion limits  of our flame AA techniques.  Using flameless methods, however, we
measured mean  Cd concentrations of 0.31 pg/g dry weight in the BL (NBS certi-
fied value  is  0.27 +  .03 pg/g) and 0.13 pg/g dry weight in the SOL (NBS cer-
tified value is  0.11 +  .02 pg/g).

     During  the  processing of  the  NBS standards, a number  of  sources of Cd
contamination  were  discovered.   Carry-over  in glass and polyethylene reagent
and sample  bottles  is  a  problem at low Cd  levels.   Therefore,  bottles that
have been  used for high standards cannot be used to hold lower concentration
                                     146

-------
Cd standards.   No losses from  samples  or standards occurred during  a  24 hr
period, but  longer periods may cause sorption  losses  in  low  Cd standards.
Because of  these losses, standards  are made up  from  concentrated standards
daily.  No losses from acidified samples occur over time.

     Because of  the  ubiquity of  Cd  contamination and the  low  Cd concentra-
tions we worked  with,  special  care was taken to  restrict glassware contami-
nation.  The use  of  marbles in flasks during the digestion process was found
to  cause  contamination  and watch glasses  were  satisfactorily substituted.

     Used glassware  was  immediately  rinsed  in  tap water  to  remove residual
sample  or  standards  and placed in a  1% bath of  Contrad (American Hospital
Supply  Co., McGaw, 111.)  for  24 hr.   This wash  was followed by several dis-
tilled  water  rinses, a  24  hr.  soak  in  distilled  1% HC1  and a  minimum of 5
deionized water rinses.

     The disposable  plastic tips  used  with Eppendorf pipettes to introduce
samples and standards  into  graphite  furnace atomizers vary  in  Cd contamina-
tion  from lot  to lot,  and may introduce considerable error to low level sam-
ples.   This  contamination  is   reduced  by rinsing  the  plastic  tips  several
times  in  10% HNO  before  use.   Even  with  rinsing, there  may  be occasional
anomalous Cd readings  that  can  be attributed to  the  plastic tips.  The sub-
stitution of  an automatic  Teflon  delivery  system  eliminated this source of
contamination.

     Reagents have also  been found  to require special selection and treat-
ment.   Hydrochloric  acid  (HC1)  and sulfuric acid (H SO,)  are not used in the
digestion procedure  because  chlorides and  sulfates are poor  matrices  for
atomic  absorption analysis.   Perchloric acid  (HC10,)  is not  used  because
perchloric acid  solutions   cannot  be  introduced  into graphite  rod atomizers
for flameless AA determinations.  Redistilled reagent grade HNO  was found to
be free of Cd  contamination and  satisfactory for use in the  digestion pro-
cedure.  Reagent grade H~0  may be somewhat  contaminated with Cd, and correc-
tions must be made from aata obtained from reagent blanks.
                                     147

-------
                                 APPENDIX B

Plants and animals collected from channels during Cd study.

Phylum Chlorophyta
   Sub-Phylum Chlorophyceae
      Order Volvocales
         Family Chlamydomonadaceae
            Chlamydomonas spp.
      Order Chlorococcales
         Family Chlorococcaceae
            Characium sp.
            Chlorococcum humicola (Naegeli) Rabenhorst
         Family Oocystaceae
            Eremosphaera viridia DeBary
         Family Scendesmaceae
            Coelastrum sp.
            Scenedesmus acutiformis Schroeder
            Scenedesmus sp.
      Order Ulotrichales
         Family Ulotrichaceae
            Hormidium subtile (Koetzing) Heering
            Geminella turfosa (Skuja) Ramanathan
         Family Microsporaceae
            Microspora pachyderma (Wille) Lagerheim
      Order Chaetophorales
         Family Chaetophoraceae
            Microthamnion strictissimum Rabenhorst
            Stigeoclonium elongatum (Hassall) Kuetzing
      Order Oedongoniales
         Family Oedogoniaceae
            Oedogonium sp.
      Order Zygnematales
         Family Zygnemataceae
            Mougeotia spp.
         Family Desmidiaceae
            Cosmarium asphaerosphorum Nordstedt
            C. laeve var. septentrionale Wille
            C. pseudoconnatum var. ornatum Allorge
            C. viride var. minor West
            Euastrum sp.
            Spaerozosma excavata Ralfs
            Spondylosium planum West and West
            Staurastrum alternans Brebisson
                                     148

-------
Phylum Euglenophyta
      Order Euglenales
         Family Euglenaceae
            Euglena mutabilis Schmitz

Phylum Chrysophyta
   Sub-Phylum Chrysophyceae
      Order Chromulinales
         Family Chromulinaceae
            Chromulina pseudonebulosa Pascher
   Sub-Phylum Bacillariophyceae
      Order Pennales
         Family Naviculaceae
            Navicula notha Wallace
            Pinnularia sp.
         Family Fragilariaceae
            Synedra sp.
         Family Epithemiaceae
            Rhopalodia sp.

Phylum Cyanophyta
      Order Chroococcales
         Family Chroococcaceae
            Merismopedia punctata Meyer
      Order Oscillatoriales
         Family Oscillatoriaceae
            Oscillatoria geminata Meneghini
      Order Nostocales
         Family Nostocaceae
            Anabaena sp.
         Family Scytonemataceae
            Microchaete sp.
         Family Rivulariaceae
            Calothrix parietina (Naegeli) Thuret

Phylum Pyrrhopyta
      Class Dinophyceae
         Family Glenodiniaceae
            Glenodinium sp.

Phylum Spermatophyta
         Family Callitrichaceae
            Callitriche heterophylla
         Family Juncaceae
            Juncus acuminatus
            Juncus diffusissimus
         Family Lentibulariaceae
            Utricularia biflora
         Family Poaceae
            Agrostis hyemalis
         Family Polygonaceae
            Polyganum hydropiperoides
                                     149

-------
         Family Scrophulariacease
            Gratiola virginiana
         Family Typhaceae
            Typha latifolia

                                                  Collection Method

                                        plate sample        bottom sample

Phylum Arthropoda
Class Insecta
Order Ephemeroptera
   Family Baetidae
          Callibaetis sp.                    XX
          Baetis sp.                         X
   Family Caenidae
          Caenis sp.                         X                   X
   Family Leptophlebiidae
          Paraliptophebia sp.                X

Order Odonata
Suborder Anisoptera
   Family Libellulidae
          Pantala hymenaea                   X                   X
          Erythrodiplax minusula             X                   X
          Pachydiplax longipennis                                X
          Erythemis sp.                                          X
          Celithemis fasciata                                    X

Suborder Zygoptera
   Family Coenagrionidae
          Argia sp.                          X                   X
          Ischnura sp.                       X                   X

Order Hemiptera
   Family Mesoveliidae
          Mesovelia sp.                                          X
   Family Hebridae
          Merragta sp.                                           X
   Family Gerridae
          Gerris sp.                         X                   X
   Family Veliidae
          Microvelia sp.                     X                   X
   Family Navcoridae
          Pelocoris femoratus                X
   Family Nepidae
          Ranatra sp.                        X
   Family Notonectidae
          Notonecta indica                   X                   X
          Burnoa seimitra                    X
   Family Corixidae
          Hesperocorixa sp.                  X                   X


                                     150

-------
                                                  Collection Method

                                        plate sample        bottom sample
Order Trichoptera
   Family Hydroptilidae
          Oxyethira sp.
   Family Psychomyiidae
          Polycentropus sp.

Order Lepdioptera
   Family Pyralidae
          Pyrausta sp.
          Nymphula sp.

Order Coleoptera
   Family Gyrinidae
          Gyrinus sp.
   Family Noteridae
          Hydrocanthus iricolor
   Family Haliplidae
          Haliplus sp.
   Family Dytiscidae
          Bidessus sp.
          Hydroporus sp.
          Laccophilus sp.
   Family Hydrophilidac
          Berosus sp.
          Enochrus sp.
          Tropisternus sp.
   Family Elmidae
          Stenelmis sp.
   Family Dryopidae
          Helichus sp.

Order Diptera
   Family Tipulidae
          Helius
          Limonia sp.
  *Family Chironomidae
      Subfamily Chironominae
          Chironomus  sp.
          Cladotanytarsus  sp.
          Cryptrochironomus sp.
          Polypedilum  sp.
          Rheotanytarsus  sp.
          Tanytarsus  sp.
      Subfamily Orthocladiinae
          Cardiocladius  sp.
          Cricotopus  sp.
          Corynoneura  sp.
          Thienemanniella  sp.
X

X

X
X
X
                    X
                    X
X

X
X
X
X

X
X
X

X

X
                    X
                    X
                                     151

-------
      Subfamily Pelopiinae
          Ablabesmyia ornata
          A.  peleensis
   Family Ceratopogonidae
          Bezzia or Prubezzia sp.
          Dasyhelea sp.
   Family Tabanidae
          Chrysopy sp.
          Tabanus sp.

Phylum Plathelminthes
  Class Turbellaria

Phylum Annelida
  Class Hirudinae

  Class Oligochaeta
         Order Prosopora
         Family Lumbriculidae
         Order Pleisiopora
         Family Naididae
               Pristina sp.

Phylum Mollusca
  Class Gastropoda
  Subclass Pulmonata
         Family Physidae
               Physa  sp.
          Collection Method

plate sample        bottom sample

     X                   X
     X
     X
X
X

X
X
*only Identified from limited Number of Samples.
                                     152

-------
Phylum Protozoa
   Subphylum Plasmodroma
      Class Mastigophora
         Subclass Phytomastigina
            Order Chrysomonadina
               Suborder Eucrysomonadina
                  Family Chromulinidae
                     Chromulina sp.
                     Oikomonas sp.
                     Crysamveba sp.
                     Mallomonas sp.
                  Family Ochromonadidae
                     Ochromonas sp.
               Suborder Rhizochrysidina
                     Rhizochrysis sp.
            Order Cryptomonadida
               Suborder Eucryptomonadina
                  Family Cryptomonadidae
                     Cryptomonas sp.
                     Cyathomonas truncata
            Order Phytomonadida
                  Family Chlamydomonadidiae
                     Chlamydomonas sp.
            Order Eyglemoidida
                  Family Euglenidae
                     Euglena spp.
                  Family Astasiidae
                     Astasia sp.
                  Family Anisonemidae
                     Anisonema spp.
                     Peranema sp.
         Subclass Zoomatigia
            Order Rhizomastigida
                  Family Mastigamvebidae
                     Mastigamoeba sp.
      Class Sarcodena
         Subclass Rhyopoda
            Order Proteomyxida
                  Family Vampyrellidae
                     Nuclearia sp.
                     Vampyrella sp.
                     Hyalodiscus sp.
                     Reticulomyxa sp.
            Order Amoebida
                  Family Amoebidae
                     Amoeba proteus
                     Amoeba discoides
                     Amoeba dubia
                     Amoeba spp.
                                      153

-------
                  Vahlkampfia sp.
                  Hartmannella sp.
         Order Testacida
               Family Arcellidae
                  Arcella vulgaris
               Family Difflugiidae
                  Difflugia urcevlata
                  Difflugia corona
                  Difflugia globosa
                  Difflugia lobostoma
                  Centropyxis sp.
               Family Euglyphidae
                  Euglypha sp.
      Subclass Actinopoda
         Order Heliozoida
               Family Actinophryidae
                  Actinophrys sol
                  Actinosphoerium  sp.
Subphylum Ciliophora
   Class Ciliata
      Subclass Holotricha
         Order Cyranostomatida
               Family Holophryidae
                  Holophrya sp.
                  Lacrymaria sp.
               Family Colepidae
                  Coleps sp.
               Family Tracheliidae
                  Dileptus spp.
               Family Loxodidae
                  Loxodes sp.
               Family Chlamydodontidae
                  Chilodonella sp.
         Order Trichostomatida
               Family Colpodidae
                  Colpoda sp.
         Order Hymenostomatida
               Family Tetrahymenidae
                  Colpidium sp.
               Family Parameciidae
                  Paramecium bursaria
                  Paramecium caudatum
                  Paramecium aurelia
                  Paramecium sp.
      Subclass Spirotricha
         Order Heterotrichida
               Family Spirostomatidae
                  Spirostomum spp.
                  Blepharisma sp.
               Family Stentoridae
                  Stentor sp.
                                     154

-------
   Order Oligotrichida
         Family Halteriidae
            Halteria sp.
   Order Hypotrichida
         Family Oxytrichidae
            Uroleptus sp.
            Urostyla sp.
         Family Euplotidae
            Euplotes spp.
Subclass Peritricha
   Order Peritrichida
            Vorticella sp.
                               155

-------
                                APPENDIX C
Published information supported in part by Interagency agreement EX-76C-09-
0819 between the U.S. Environmental protection agency and U.S. Department of
Energy.

1)   Giesy, J. P., G. J. Leversee and D. R. Williams.  1977.  Effects of
     naturally occurring aquatic organic fractions on cadmium toxicity to
     Simocephalus serrulatus (Daphnidae) and Gambusia affinis (Poeciliidae).
     Water Res. 11:1013-1020.

2)   Williams, D. R. and J. P. Giesy.   1978.  Relative importance of food and
     water sources to cadmium uptake by Gambusia affinis (Poeciliidae).  En-
     viron. Res. 16:326-332.

3)   Giesy, J. P. 1978.  Cadmium inhibition of leaf decomposition in an
     aquatic microcosm.  Chemosphere 6:467-475.

4)   Thorp, J. H., J. P. Giesy and S. A. Wineriter.  1978.  Effects of chro-
     nic cadmium exposure on crayfish survival, growth, and tolerance to
     elevated temperatures.  Arch. Environ. Cont. Toxicol.  (Submitted).
                                     156

-------
                                   TECHNICAL REPORT DATA
                            (Please read Instructions on the reverse before completing)
1. REPORT NO.
 EPA-600/3-79-039
                                                           3. RECIPIENT'S ACCESSION* NO.
4. TITLE AND SUBTITLE
  Fate and Biological Effects  of  Cadmium Introduced
  into Channel Microcosms
             5. REPORT DATE
                April 1979 issuing  date
             6. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION CODE
V.AUTHORIS) j. P> Giesy, Jr.,  H.  J.  Kania, J. W. Bowling,
  R.  L.  Knight, S. Mashburn,  and  S.  Clarkin
                                                           8. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION REPORT NO.
9. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION NAME AND ADDRESS
  Savannah River Ecology Laboratory
  University of Georgia
  Aiken,  South Carolina 29801
              10. PROGRAM ELEMENT NO.
                  1HE775
             11. CONTRACT/GRANT NO.
                IAG-D6-0369-1
12. SPONSORING AGENCY NAME AND ADDRESS
 Environmental Research Laboratory—Athens, GA
 Office  of Research and Development
 U.S.  Environmental Protection  Agency
 Athens,  Georgia 30605
              13. TYPE OF REPORT AND PERIOD COVERED
                Final,  5/75-5/78	
             14. SPONSORING AGENCY CODE

                EPA/600/01
15. SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES
16. ABSTRACT

       Cadmium was continuously  input  to aquatic microcosm  channels resulting  in
  concentrations of 5 and 10 yg  Cd/1.   Cadmium accumulation into both biotic and
  abiotic  components was determined.   Biological effects  of cadmium were determined
  by monitoring structural and functional properties of the entire system as well
  as structural changes in populations and compared to control systems, which
  received no cadmium.

       Cadmium inputs and outputs  equilibrated within approximately 20 days of
  initial  cadmium inputs.  However,  approximately 20% of  the cadmium leaving the
  channels was associated with particulates.   Community components accumulated
  cadmium  proportional to cadmium  exposure levels.  Cadmium was rapidly eliminated
  from  all biotic components, with concentrations returning to levels similar  to
  those in control channels within a few weeks in the aufwuchs community to a  few
  months in macrophytes.  Organic  headpool sediments showed no significant decrease
  in cadmium content six months  after  cessation of cadmium  inputs, indicating  that
  the abiotic half time for contaminated environments is  very long.  Half times
  for elimination from channel sediments were 72 and 38 days for 5 and 10 yg/1
  inputs,  respectively, after Cd inputs were terminated.
17.
                               KEY WORDS AND DOCUMENT ANALYSIS
                  DESCRIPTORS
b.lDENTIFIERS/OPEN ENDED TERMS
                                                                         c.  COSATi Field/Group
 Cadmium
 Biology
 Water  pollution
   Biological effects
   06C
   A8G
   68D
18. DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT

  RELEASE  TO  PUBLIC
19. SECURITY CLASS (ThisReport)
  UNCLASSIFIED
21. NO. OF PAGES

    173
                                              20. SECURITY CLASS (This page)
                                                UNCLASSIFIED
                           22. PRICE
EPA Form 2220-1 (9-73)
                                            157
         •it u. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1379 — 657-060/1657

-------